Rs User Manual

RigSense® 3.
11
Rigsite Information System
User Manual
REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION
This document contains proprietary and confidential information which National Oilwell Varco
belongs to National Oilwell Varco, hereafter referred to as NOV. It is
loaned for limited purposes only and remains the property of NOV. No 1200 Cypress Creek Road
part of this document may be reproduced or copied in any form, or by any Cedar Park, Texas 78613
means, including electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or
otherwise without the express written consent of NOV. This document is
USA
to be returned to NOV upon request and in any event upon completion of Phone 512-340-5000
the use for which it was loaned. All copyrights pertaining to this document Fax 512-340-5219
and the information contained and represented are the property of and
retained by NOV. Product, brand, or trade names used within this
publication are the trademarks of their respective owners.
© Copyright 2012 National Oilwell Varco. All Rights Reserved.

DOCUMENT NUMBER REV
42TM64-03 B
www.nov.com
Document number 42TM64-03
Revision B
Page 3 of 332
Revision History
B 1-20-2012 Revised per EC#: 82218-0

A 9-30-2011 Initial Release per ER#:81159-0
Rev Date Reason for issue Prepared Checked Approved
Change Description
Revision Change Description

A Initial Release
B Document Revision
Suggested Content Improvements
We welcome your suggestions to improve the content of this document. Please email them along with their
subject and location in the document to [email protected].
Or, simply mark your suggested changes on the specific pages, scan, and email them as attachments.
Alternatively, marked-up pages can be mailed to the following address:
National Oilwell Varco
ATTN: Technical Publications
1200 Cypress Creek Road
Cedar Park, TX 78613
USA
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 5 of 332
Table of Contents
Quick Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Well Start Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Pump Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Depth Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Drill String Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Employee Information Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Chapter 1: General Information

Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Illustrations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Links and Cross-References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Personnel Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Recommended Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
General System Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Replacing Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Routine Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Proper Use of Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Product Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Chapter 2: RigSense Overview/Description

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Station Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Enable/Disable Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Alert/Alarm Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Troubleshooting Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Network Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Typical RigSense Sales Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Typical RigSense Rental Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Application Server (AppSvr) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Data Acquisition Unit (DAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
TPOT Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Touchscreen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Server/Workstation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
RigSense Channel Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Quick Channel Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Channel Descriptions/Uses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 6 of 332
Table of Contents
Chapter 3: Menus and Tools
Screen Terms and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
RigSense Station Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Common Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Real Time Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Alternate Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Footer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Set Depth/Bit Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Zero Bit Wt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Zero Trip GL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Zero GL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Horn is On/Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Alm Ack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Pipe Tally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
EZ Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Strip Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
TVD Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Channel Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Alarm Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Chart Bounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
EZ View With Strip Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Channel Specific Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Channel Configuration Footer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Setup Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Two-Pen Default Chart Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Single or Multiple (>2) Pen Chart Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Three-Pen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Four-Pen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
One-Pen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Arranging EDR Drill Screen Strip Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Setting Chart Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Display TVD Ruler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Plotting By Depth or Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Setting Depth Marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Viewing Current or Past Strip Chart Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Navigation Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 7 of 332
Table of Contents
Chapter 4: Electronic Drilling Recorder
EDR Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Circulate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Four Charts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ROP Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Setup RigSense Lag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
RigSense Lag Autoconfiguration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Chart Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Quick Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Mud Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Using Note Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Enter Survey Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Note Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Kill Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Well Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
e-Wildcat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Time Drill Mode Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Auto Drill Mode Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Profile Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Lift Unit Gear Selection With Automated Feed Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
High/Low Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
e-WildCat 1.1, 1.2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Chapter 5: Pit Volume Totalizer

PVT Navigation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
PVT Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pit Volume Totalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Selector Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Flow Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Trip Tank Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Pump Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Tank Volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 8 of 332
Table of Contents
Chapter 6: Alternate Views (Alt. Views)
Alt. Views Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
One (1) Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
EZ Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Multi-Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Chapter 7: Tour Sheet

IADC Tour Sheet Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120
Tools Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Data Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Drop-Down Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Selection Dialog Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
IADC Tour Sheet Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Creating a New Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
Loading a Prior Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Signing Off a Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Unsigning a Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Printing the Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
IADC Tour Sheet Fields. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Page One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Report Sign-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
DP and Pump Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Time Distribution Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Time Distribution Hours Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Drilling Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Bit Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134
Cutting Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
Mud Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Mud and Chemical Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Remarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Driller Sign-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Page Two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Casing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Wire Line Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Drilling Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Deviation Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Activity Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Page Three . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Payroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 9 of 332
Table of Contents
Chapter 8: Reports
Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Report Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Morning Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Employee Information Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Completing an Employee Information Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Bit Record Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Summary Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Time Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Well Activity Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Deviation Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Mud Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Survey Ticket e-Totco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Chapter 9: Tools
Tools Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
RigSense Station Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Driller Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Set Weight on Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Zero Gain/Loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Zero Strokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Clean Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
System Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Data Extract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Time Data Extraction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Depth Data Extraction Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Lagged Channel Extractions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Extracted Data Viewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
View Historical Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Drilling Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Well Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Survey Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Line Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Set Line Wear Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Average Rate of Penetration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
ROP Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Reset Average ROP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Send a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Review Received or Sent Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Reply to a Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 10 of 332
Table of Contents
Lag Samples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Lag Sample Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
RigSense Lag Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186
3rd Party Lag Depth Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Time Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Lag Sample Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
Lag Sample Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189
RigSense Lag Autoconfiguration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
True Vertical Depth and Survey Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
TVD Survey Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Survey Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
TVD Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
Enable Edit Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Cancel from Edit Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
Add or Edit Survey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
Import/Export Survey Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
Approve or Unapprove All Surveys by Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
Approve or Unapprove Surveys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
e-Totco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
e-Totco Survey - Single Shot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
e-Totco Survey - Multishot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Toolface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
Toolface Dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Number of Dial Rings/Toolface Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
Surveys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
WITS-Based Surveys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Setup Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Plot Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215
Chapter 10: Setup

Setup Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217
RigSense Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
WOB Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
Torque Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .219
ROP Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
Graphical User Interface (GUI) Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220
IRIS GUI Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
Alternate EDR Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Other RigSense Setup Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Select Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Edit Alt. Views Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Configure Note and Pen Colors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
Change Workstation Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 11 of 332
Table of Contents
Rig Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Depth Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Possible Block Height Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Perform a Full Block Height Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Perform a Single Point Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Set Hook Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Possible Inaccuracies While Setting Hook Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Error Messages While Setting Hook Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Set Pump Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Set Rotary Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Set Top Drive Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Rig Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
EZ Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Setup Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Well Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Start a Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Restart Selected Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Update Well Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
End Current Active Well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
View Historical Wells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Drilling Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Well Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
IADC Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Pit Jumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
WITS/WSGW/Pulse Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
WITS Setup and Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Setting up a WITS Com Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Viewing and Modifying a WITS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Managing a WITS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
WSGW Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Pulse Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Chapter 11: Pipe Tally

Pipe Tally Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Pipe Tally Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Grid Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Grid Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Pipe Tally Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Grid Row Totals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
On Screen Keypad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Auto Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Show BHA/Show All . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 12 of 332
Table of Contents
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
Sample Pipe Tally Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278
Starting a Pipe Tally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Entering BHA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
Entering Pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281
Editing Pipe Tally. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
Adding a Joint to the End of the List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283
Adding a Joint Anywhere in the List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Editing a Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Deleting a Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
Moving a Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285
Backfill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Conventions and Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286
Entering Backfill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .287
Pipe Tally with Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288
Chapter 12: Print Manager

Drill Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .292
Strip Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295
Printing a Drill Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
Scheduling a Drill Log Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .296
Sample Drill Log Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
ROP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297
Printing an ROP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
ROP Report Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
Chapter 13: Troubleshooting

Problems/Possible Causes/Corrective Actions Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299
Appendix A: CAODC
About the Tour Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
Using the Tour Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
Editing Data in the Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303
Drop-Down Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
List Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Scroll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
Creating a New Tour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .305
Load a Previous Tour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
Loading Data to the Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 13 of 332
Table of Contents
Imported Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Data Imported from the Well Setup Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Importing Data from the EDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Tour Sheet Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Bit Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Importing Bit Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Adding a New Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Drilling Assembly Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Mud Record Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Deviation Survey Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Time Log Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Daily Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Weather and Road Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Hole Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Metres Drilled Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Pump Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Payroll Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Tour Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Adding a Temporary Employee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Tubular & Equipment Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Tubulars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Add Tubulars Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Shale Shakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Add Shale Shaker Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
General Equipment & Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Boilers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Signing Off Tour Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Sign Off for the Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Unsigning a Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Rig and Well Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Printing the Tour Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 14 of 332
Table of Contents
www.nov.com
RigSense Quick Reference/Quick Start
Revision B
Page 15 of 332
Quick Start
This section outlines quick-start guidelines for starting and setting up a new well in RigSense.
Note: A computer keyboard is required to start a well.
Well Start Up
If a well has not been started, and RigSense is not monitoring a well, the following message
displays when the system starts.
Click OK to enter the new well information described

in the following steps.
Click Cancel to close the pop-up and display the
RigSense screens. Data will not be collected until a
well is started. The message “START WELL required
to COLLECT DATA” appears in the top left corner of
the screen until a well is started.
The well setup options are located in the Setup navigation tabs. When the rig moves to a new
location or a different well has been started at the same location, first end the current well (see
page 246) before starting a new one.
Caution 1: The previous well must be ended BEFORE starting a new well, or data for
the new well is irreparably stored under the old well. Once done, this CANNOT be
reversed.
Caution 2: Set the date, time, and time zone on the server BEFORE a well is started.
Attempting to change these when a well is running could result in damage to the data
RigSense collects. The server automatically updates the time and date on the clients.
Click to start a new well
Note 1: Information entered when starting a new well (see page 16) becomes
available for importing and auto-populating reports. See Chapter 8, titled "Reports".
Note 2: Well information may be later changed by clicking Setup > Well Setup >
Update Well Information to access the same RigSense Well Setup dialog.
www.nov.com
Revision B RigSense Quick Reference/Quick Start
Page 16 of 332
To start a well:
1. Click Start a Well when RigSense is first installed, a different well is initiated at the same
location, or a drilling rig moves to a new location.
2. Select Land or Offshore for the new well to display the entire dialog box for well setup.
The RIGSENSE WELL SETUP screen displays (Land is selected in the screen below).
This complete
dialog box will
not display 
until Land or
Offshore is
selected.
3. Complete the remaining well information in the displayed fields. All fields in green
indicate required information. A well cannot be started until the green fields are
completed. Do not leave any green field blank.
 Contractor & Operator–select/add the contractor and operator names. See page
243.
 Rig Number–enter the rig number and/or name.
 Lease–enter the same well name as the lease that will appear on the IADC report.
 Well number–enter the same well number that will appear on the IADC report.
 Country, State, County, and Field/District fields–enter or make the appropriate
selections from the pop-up lists that appear after clicking in these fields. See page
244.
22
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 17 of 332
4. Click the Finish-Create Well button.

The drill screen displays and a new well starts, indicated by the chart note.
Note: This information may be changed at any time by clicking Setup > Well Setup >
Update Well Information to access the Well and Rig Information Setup screens.
After entering the well information, configure the following:

 Mud Pumps–see "Pump Setup" on page 18.
 Depth Logic–see "Depth Calibration" on page 19.
 Drill String–see "Drill String Setup" on page 20.
 Employee Information–see "Employee Information Report" on page 21.
www.nov.com
Page 18 of 332
Pump Setup
The Pumps Setup dialog is accessed by clicking Setup > Rig Setup > Setup Pumps.
This dialog indicates the active pumps in RigSense, and provides information regarding their
key parameters (see "Setup Pumps" on page 240). Pump configuration information must be
updated whenever a pump is replaced or a liner is changed out.
The units associated with the displayed channel values cannot be changed on this dialog, but
they can be changed during their configuration by clicking the Change Units button on the
respective Channel Configuration dialog box for the affected channels (Pump Displacement,
Pump Efficiency, Stroke Length and Liner Size). See "Channel Specific Controls" on page 59.
Information entered in the Pump Setup dialog can be used in reports (if desired). These
settings also affect the calculation of the Flow-In channel, which is needed for lag
configurations to work properly.
RigSense channels:
• Pump Displacement
• Pump Efficiency
• Stroke Length
• Liner Size
Note: The above

channels cannot be
selected on strip
chart EZ views.
Click to enable a mud pump. A An X on the Enabled button denotes

blank Enabled button denotes that the mud pump is enabled during
that a mud pump is disabled. current drilling operations.
Note: For more information on enabling and disabling functions,

see "Enable/Disable Features" on page 27.
22
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 19 of 332
Depth Calibration
Note: A strip chart note will appear to designate the calibration activity.
The electronic depth measurement system (EDMS) enables depth calibration.

Use the dialogs (and chapter/section references) to perform a full or single point calibration of
the block height for crown or drawworks encoders.
Access the EDMS Calibration screen by selecting:
 Setup > Rig Calibration > Depth Calibration (see "Rig Calibration" on page 227).
A dialog will briefly display, stating Retrieving EDMS Calibration Information. Please Wait.
Then, the following dialog displays.
To perform a full calibration, select the Full Calibration box and click the Continue button.
If a full calibration has been performed and a single point calibration is desired, select Single
Point Calibration and then Continue.
For more information and detailed instructions, refer to the section in Chapter 10, titled "Rig
Calibration".
Note 1: The user should perform a single point calibration only if a full calibration has
already been performed.
Note 2: After the initial full calibration, do not perform another full calibration unless
tracking continues to be incorrect after performing a single point calibration.
www.nov.com
Page 20 of 332
Drill String Setup

Click Tools > Driller Tools to access the Drill String Setup window. By default the drillpipe
length is automatically accumulated in the Section 1 channel. Two sections of drillpipe with
different sizes may be tracked at once. To do this, after adding pipe to the second section,
manually enter the total length of the first section below. This will cause the remainder of the
drillstring length (section 2) to be transferred to the Section 2 channel, where any additional
joints added will automatically accumulate.
Note: The Section 2 ID and OD are NOT part of the initial configuration. If adding a
second section of pipe, be sure to set the Pipe ID and Pipe OD for it.
1. Click Pipe ID to enter the pipe inside diameter (ID) under Section 1.
2. Click Pipe OD to enter the pipe outside (OD) diameter under Section 1.
3. Click Drl Bit Size to enter the drill bit size under Drill Bit.
22
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 21 of 332
Employee Information Report

This is a single instance report (meaning there is one report for each well) that is created and
maintained throughout the duration of the well. After a well has ended, the employee
information report is carried forward to the next well. This report enables a company to list its
employees and to enter information pertaining to each person. Individuals who have to sign off
on any report must be on this employee list to create their required password.
The information is then stored in the database to populate the payroll sections of the
International Association of Drilling Contractors (IADC) or Canadian Association of Oilwell
Drilling Contractors (CAODC) tour sheets. For more information, see their respective chapters,
"Tour Sheet" on page 119 and "CAODC" on page 303.
To access the Employee Info screen, click Reports in the navigation bar, and then click on
the Employee Info Report tab or select Employee Info Report from the Report Type menu.
Click the magnifying glass to zoom in on the report and populate the fields. Or, just click the
report itself.
 Click Functions to Save or Print the employee report.

 Click Tools to update the report header information. This may vary by contractor.
 Click and drag on any row to the right to launch a tool bar that allows row manipulations
such as add, delete and move.
Note: The fields in green are required for the IADC payroll section logic, whereas
fields in white are informational and not required for the report to function.
www.nov.com
Page 22 of 332
A person’s position and name (first and last) are required to correctly import the employee
information into the tour sheet. A signature for the tour sheet is executed by entering a PIN
(personal identification number) assigned by the Tool Pusher. If a signature pad is installed,
employees sign their name on the signature pad when prompted after entering their PIN.
The Crew field is used to group employees together so they can easily be added to other
reports. To do this, enter the same crew number in the Crew field for each employee in the
same crew. Any employee of a particular crew must be assigned the same crew number as its
appointed Driller.
Consequently, a crew is tracked by its assigned number and the Driller appointed to that crew.
Click the Position field to select an Operator Rep, Company Man, Tool Pusher or Rig
Manager from the drop-down list.
For tour sheet sign-off purposes, leave the Crew field blank for these four positions.
22
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 23 of 332
1: General Information
This manual contains information to enable qualified personnel to operate and troubleshoot this
system. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained herein.
National Oilwell Varco (NOV) will not be held liable for errors in this material, or for consequences
arising from misuse of this material.
Conventions
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings
Notes, cautions, and warnings provide readers with additional information and advise them to take
specific action to protect personnel from potential injury or lethal conditions. They may also inform
readers of actions needed to prevent equipment damage. Please pay attention to these advisories.
Note: The note symbol indicates that additional information is provided about the
current topics.
Caution: The caution symbol indicates that potential damage to equipment or injury to
personnel exists. Follow instructions explicitly. Extreme care should be taken
when performing operations or procedures preceded by this caution symbol.
Warning: The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or

danger to personnel. Failure to observe and follow proper procedures
could result in serious or fatal injury to personnel, significant property
loss, or significant equipment damage.
ESD The ESD (Electrostatic Discharge) warning symbol indicates that static
Warning: control precautions are needed.
Illustrations
Illustrations (figures) provide a graphical representation of equipment components or screen
snapshots for use in identifying parts or establishing nomenclature, and may or may not be drawn
to scale. For component information specific to your application, see the technical drawings
included with your NOV documentation.
Links and Cross-References

When viewed on screen, cross-references are also links that appear in blue, which when clicked,
immediately turn to the referenced information. To return to the page of the link, press the [alt] and
then the [‹] keys. For the links to work properly, Adobe Acrobat® Reader® must be installed.
www.nov.com
Revision B 1: General Information
Page 24 of 332
Safety Requirements
NOV equipment is installed and operated in a controlled drilling rig environment involving
hazardous situations. Proper maintenance is important for safe and reliable operation. Procedures
outlined in NOV manuals are recommended methods of performing operations and maintenance.
To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage, carefully observe requirements outlined

in this section.
Personnel Training
All personnel performing installation, operations, repair, or maintenance procedures on the
equipment, or those in the vicinity of the equipment, should be trained on rig safety, tool operation,
and maintenance to ensure their safety.
Personnel should wear protective gear during installation, maintenance, and certain
operations.
Recommended Tools
Service operations may require the use of tools designed specifically for the purpose described.
NOV recommends that only those tools specified be used when stated. Ensure that personnel and
equipment safety are not jeopardized when following service procedures or using tools not
specifically recommended by NOV.
General System Safety Practices

The equipment discussed in this manual may require or contain one or more utilities, such as
electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, or cooling water.
Read and follow the guidelines below before installing equipment or performing
maintenance to avoid endangering exposed persons or damaging equipment.
 Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

 Avoid performing maintenance or repairs while the equipment is in operation.
 Wear proper protective equipment during equipment installation, maintenance, or repair.
Replacing Components
 Verify that all components (such as cables, hoses, etc.) are tagged and labeled during
assembly and disassembly of equipment to ensure correct installment.
 Replace failed or damaged components with genuine NOV parts. Failure to do so could
result in equipment damage or injury to personnel.
26
www.nov.com
1: General Information
Revision B
Page 25 of 332
Routine Maintenance
Equipment must be routinely maintained. See the service manual for maintenance
recommendations.
Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in equipment damage or injury to

personnel.
Proper Use of Equipment

NOV equipment is designed for specific functions and applications, and should be used only for its
intended purpose.
Product Information
The RigSense® 3.11 Rigsite Information System is designed to help create a safer working
environment for rig personnel when it is fully utilized. It is simple, easy to use, and is capable of
streamlining rig operations to allow users to focus less on rig administration and more on drilling.
The following is a list of productivity features:
 Convenient color configuration, advanced night-time visibility, and stretch to fit on alternate
screen resolutions.
 True Vertical Depth display and survey management capabilities.
 Drilling data plotting, survey sorting, and archival capabilities.
 Rigsite messaging, review of sent messages, reply from any window, plus remote
messaging via WellData Real Time (RT) available through WellData Remote data transfer.
 Notation abilities to display canned and detailed survey notes on electronic drilling recorder.
 Multi-workstation support for alarms and other features such as pipe tally update and entry.
Automated pipe tally, with auto depth correction.
 Customizable audible/ visual alarms, line wear alarm, and hookload trigger capabilities.
 Stream-lined calibration tools. Recording of calibration activities.
 Ability to display and sort lag-adjusted gas data by depth (ROP Gas log).
 Offset gamma ray data plotting.
 Support for multiple languages as well as user-configurable units in US Customary (English)
and International System (SI) (metric). Ability to change the units of Line Wear values.
 Crash recovery capability in the event of a hard drive failure.
 Daily report generation via report management system (RMS), support for custom morning
reports, as well as prompting for required reports. Historical well support as well as the
ability to apply updates when a well is ended.
 e-Totco® multishot capability enabling multiple—up to 64—inclination surveys per trip.
 e-Wildcat® Electronic Drilling System enabling automatic drilling process control, profile
management, and multiparameter monitoring for improved drilling rates and wellbore quality.
 Toolface real-time directional survey information for directional and horizontal drilling.
 IntelliServ® integration provides real time downhole data with the NOV ES-IMS tool.
www.nov.com
Revision B 1: General Information
Page 26 of 332
Related Documents
Documents related to RigSense and its associated equipment and services are:
 e-Totco® Multishot Reader Software User Manual; 42TM26-02

 e-Wildcat® System User Manual; 42TM81-04
 WellData 3.0 User Manual, 42TM65-03
 WellData 3.0 Real Time (RT) User Manual, 42TM65-05
 Wellsite Performance Drilling Advisor User Manual; 42TM65-04
26
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 27 of 332
2: RigSense Overview/Description
This chapter provides an overview and description of the RigSense® 3.11 Rigsite Information System.
Overview
The RigSense system is designed to be used to aid in anticipating and resolving drilling problems,
increasing drilling efficiency and rates, and reducing drilling time and costs. The system gathers
critical drilling information from rig sensors; digitizes the data; compares them with user-set alarm
limits; performs required calculations; presents the processed information on a consolidated
display configured according to user requirements; and periodically prints it at a selected site. The
RigSense system operates as a single interface, allowing rig personnel to make notations, access
historical information, and send messages to other RigSense workstations on the rig.
Station Permissions
Some RigSense capabilities are restricted by the permissions set up for the individual users at
each station. These access rights are usually granted during initial configuration, although an
NOV-trained technician can provide access to restricted functions to other stations at any time.
Examples of functions requiring user permissions include the ability to start and end a well, and
the ability to modify or zero global channels like Bit Weight, Gain/Loss, and Trip Gain/Loss. True
Vertical Depth (TVD) survey information can be viewed by all users, but Survey Management is
limited by permissions. Additionally, access to certain screens tied to optional features like
Toolface require the appropriate permission. Some permissions are granted by default to the
displays commonly used by the Driller on the rig floor and in the dog house. Commonly known as
driller's rights, all other systems have these permissions disabled by default to prevent accidental
reset of key channels from other stations. For example, it is unlikely that anyone onsite other than
the Driller would know the exact block height, so other stations would not have permission to
calibrate it. With the proper permissions, the same functionality available to the Driller is also
available to other key rig personnel. Notes within this manual identify where general functional
permissions are required.
Enable/Disable Features
Throughout this manual, references are made to enabling and disabling specific features within
RigSense. To enable a feature means to turn it on or to make it operable. Conversely, to disable a
feature means to turn it off or to make it inoperable. Specific applications of enabling and disabling
RigSense features, its channels, and alarms are discussed on page 57, page 59, and page 240.
Alert/Alarm Indicators
RigSense includes an alert system consisting of user-enabled alarm limits. Each channel has four
alarm levels that the user can set, disable, or enable. Both visual and audible warning alarms
indicate that the channel is at these pre-set limits. See "Alarm Settings" on page 57.
Troubleshooting Guidelines
Information for troubleshooting problems, causes, and suggested solutions starts on page 299.
www.nov.com
Revision B 2: RigSense Overview/Description
Page 28 of 332
Description
Network Layout
RigSense is an information management system that consists of multiple computers running
RigSense software in a networked environment. The following layouts provide examples of typical
installations for sales and rental environments.
Typical RigSense Sales Layout
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 29 of 332
Typical RigSense Rental Layout
www.nov.com
Page 30 of 332
Application Server (AppSvr)

In addition to standard computer hardware, the Application Server (AppSvr) contains RigSense
applications software, an Ethernet communications board, and a USB digital communications
module (USBDCM) board (latter is optional). The USBDCM board allows RigSense to connect into
a proprietary communications protocol, the TPOT network (optional; refer to "TPOT Modem" ).
Data Acquisition Unit (DAQ)

The NOV-supplied data acquisition unit (DAQ) is utilized to collect sensor and calculated data. The
DAQ monitors analog and digital channels, processes the incoming data from these channels, and
provides continuously updated information to the RigSense system by means of the TPOT
network (described next).
TPOT Modem
The RigSense server/workstations and the DAQ communicate through the optional TPOT network,
a time-division, multiplexed, single-wire, frequency shift keying (FSK) communications media
developed specifically for this system. The TPOT modem provides an intrinsically safe network
connection and converts the FSK network signal from the DAQ into CMOS logic level signals. The
TPOT network operates similarly to most other communications networks, but uses a unique
protocol developed specifically for RigSense-related tasks.
Touchscreen Displays
Each touchscreen display or human machine interface (HMI) is certified for Class I and Division 1
options as well as Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D hazardous areas. Improving rig operations by
being conveniently located on the rig floor, the HMI has a simple touch interface that is visible in all
lighting and provides continuous rigsite data to users.
Server/Workstation Requirements
The server and workstation requirements for a RigSense system are as follows:
Parameter Requirements and Limits

Computer
Primary Power 110-240 VAC
Frequency 47-63 Hz
Current Requirements 2.5 A
Monitor
Primary Power 110-240 VAC
Frequency 47-63 Hz
Current Requirements 1.5 A
Desktop Keyboard
Primary Power 12 VDC maximum
Current Requirements 250 mA maximum
Printer
Primary Power 115 VAC
Frequency 50/60 Hz
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 31 of 332
RigSense Channel Data

With the RigSense system, drilling personnel and company staff can monitor vital measured and
calculated drilling data and functions, each of which is updated nearly instantaneously (once every
second) to provide a continuous display of drilling information in the form of RigSense channel
values. If any value is outside the limits set by the user, the system can activate both visual and
audible alarms (see "Alert/Alarm Indicators" on page 27 for more information).
Printed information provides a permanent record of drilling conditions and events.
Quick Channel Reference

This section lists the displayed channels pertaining to both the RigSense system and the
associated services that can be integrated with RigSense, including Toolface, Gas Watch III (GW),
e-Wildcat® (e-WC), Wellsite Gas Watch® Detector (WSGD), and Wellsite Performance Drilling
Advisor™ (Wellsite PDA).
The following table lists the RigSense channels (alternate channel names in parentheses):
• Accum Trip In & Out • Flow Out Rates • Pump Liner 1- 6 • String Speed
• Air Pressure • Flow Out % to Rate Cal • Pump Pressure • Strks - Acc Drill
• Ann Pressure  • Flow Out Percent  • Pump SPM 1 - 6 • Strks - Acc Fill
(Casing Pressure) (Return Flow)
• Annular Velocity • Gain Loss & Trip • Pump SPM - Total • Strks - Fill
• Bit Bounce • Hole Depth • Pump Stroke Length 1-6 • Strks - Pump (1- 6)
• Bit Position • Hook Load • Pump Type 1-6 • Strks - Total
• Bit Size • Kelly Down • Reference Hkld • Time On Slip
• Bit Status • Lines Strung • Returns Depth - RT • Top Drive RPM
• Bit Time • Lst Elem Len • Rig Activity • Top Drive Torque
• Bit Weight (Weight on Bit) • Lst Jnt Time • ROP- Average • Total Flow In
• Block Height • Mud Temp In & Out • ROP - Cut-Unit • Total Gas (ML) & Out
• Choke Position 1 & 2 • Mud Volume • ROP - Fast • Total Trip Volume
• Circulating Hrs • Mud Weight In & Out • Rotary RPM • Trigger Hkld
• Co. Man G/L • Overpull • Rotary Torque • Trip Tank 1 & 2
• Co. Man Total Strokes • Pipe ID & OD • Run Jnt Time • Trip Tank GL
• Diff Press • Pit Jumps 1 - 12 • Skim Flow • TVD
• EDMS Counts • Pit Volume 1 - 12 • Slip Status • Washout Factor
• Flow Deviation • Pump Displacement 1-6 • Slug Pit • Water Pit
• Flow In (Pump Output TTL) • Pump Efficiency 1-6 • String Displacement
www.nov.com
Page 32 of 332
The following lists show channels of the services that may be used with RigSense:
Toolface Channels:
• Dogleg Severity • Svy Azimuth • Svy Inclination • Toolface Magnetic
• Gamma Depth & Ray • Svy Depth • Toolface Gravity • Toolface Threshold
Wellsite PDA Channels: e-Wildcat Channels:

• WPDA-Avg MSE • WPDA-Mud Motor RPM • WC Drill Stop Point • WC Target Diff Press
• WPDA-Bit HHP • WPDA-Mud Motor Torque • WC Incr Distance • WC Target ROP
• WPDA-Bit RPM • WPDA-Pipe Torq Engr • WC Len To Drill • WC Target Torque
• WPDA-d Exponent • WPDA-Pseudo MSE • WC ROP • WC Time Interval
• WPDA-Dim Torque • WPDA-Ref CCS • WC Sensitivity • WC Total Drilled
• WPDA-HeartBeat • WPDA-Ref Gamma • WC Target Bit Weight
• WPDA-MSE • WPDA-Ref MSE
• WPDA-Status
Wellsite Gas Watch Channels: Gas Watch III Channels:

• WSGD Airflow • WSGD Pump Shutdown • Methane (GW) • GW Pump Shutdown
• WSGD Methane • WSGD Total Gas • Propane (GW) • GW Status
• WSGD Propane • Total Gas (GW) • GW Vacuum
• Total Gas (Normalized)• GW Vacuum Max
EMS-IS IntelliServ Tool Channel Data:

If the customer is using IntelliServ and the NOV ES-IMS tool, the option to display real-time downhole
data is available through RigSense.
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 33 of 332
Channel Descriptions/Uses
The displayed channels previously listed, their descriptions and uses/applications are as follows:
3rd Party TVD: This channel tracks the vertical distance to the bottom of the hole (see Hole Depth
channel), but unlike the TVD channel, it is interpolated from the 3rd Party TVD surveys instead of
being sourced from RigSense TVD surveys. For expanded TVD definition, see page 40.
Accum Trip In/Accum Trip Out: These channels track the cumulative volume of drilling fluids
displaced while tripping in, or running drillpipe into the hole (Accum Trip In), and the drilling mud
used to fill the hole while tripping out, or pulling drillpipe from it (Accum Trip Out). Monitoring
accurate mud volumes during tripping operations can help the Driller identify potential problems
developing downhole, like gas kicks or lost circulation, enabling corrections to be made before it
becomes critical and costly. For more information, see the Trip Tank (1 & 2) channels.
Air Pressure: This optional channel provides gas pressure measurements while air drilling, a
drilling technique that uses gases (typically compressed air or nitrogen), rather than conventional
mud, to cool the bit and lift the cuttings out of the wellbore.
Ann Pressure: This channel records the annular pressure at the top of the well annulus, or the
space between the drillpipe and borehole, after the blowout preventer (BOP) stack is connected.
Total annular pressure can be measured only when the well is shut in (by means of a BOP) and the
choke lines are closed. This parameter is extremely important when striving to balance wellbore
conditions or to control a potential blowout. Ann Pressure is an optional channel, and when used,
its exact location is determined by the number of optional channels being monitored.
Annular Velocity: The ft/min (or m/s) traveling speed of drilling fluid returns moving through the
well annulus, which is important regarding fluid displacement processes during drilling operations.
This channel is used to perform lag calculations.
Bit Bounce: This user-defined channel determines when the bit is “on-bottom.” Once it is on-
bottom, various channels such as WOB begin to calculate. The acceptable value is from 0.5 ft to
5.0 ft (0.15 m to 1.5 m). Under no circumstances should Bit Bounce be equal to zero.
Bit Position: This channel tracks the bit location while drilling or tripping into or out of the hole,
providing its current measured depth. RigSense pipe tally enables both the bit and hole depths
(see Hole Depth) to be accurately maintained by calculating the total lengths of the bottomhole
assembly (BHA), the drillpipe, the drillstring, and the kelly-down depth, while keeping a pipe tally
record. When used with the pipe inventory, pipe tally also provides direct input to the tour sheet.
Accurate bit and hole depths will be maintained if joint lengths are correctly entered and the
electronic depth measurement system (EDMS) is carefully calibrated. If auto depth is enabled and
joints not entered manually, pipe tally adds joints automatically based on the EDMS-calculated
connection lengths. Pipe tally calculates the total drillstring length, and adjusts and updates the
system string length after comparing the two, so both the bit and hole depths are always accurate.
Bit Size: This user-defined channel represents the drill bit diameter, which is used in lag and other
calculations like some of those related to the Wellsite PDA service.
Bit Status: A channel indicating whether the bit is on the bottom of the borehole. If so, the Bit
Status is "on bottom." If not, it is “off bottom.”
Bit Time: This channel provides the time span that the bit has been drilling on bottom. It can be
zeroed by the rig crew.
www.nov.com
Page 34 of 332
Bit TVD - This channel tracks the vertical distance to the position of the bit (see Bit Position
channel). It is calculated using the RigSense TVD surveys and the Minimum Curvature method.
See also TVD definition on page 40.
Bit Weight: The applied downhole axial force component from the string weight makes up the
weight on bit (WOB) during drilling. Bit weight is one of the major factors affecting drilling rate, and
also has a significant effect on torque, bit life and hole deviation. It is recommended that both low
and high alarm limits for the Bit Weight channel warn the Driller when limits are exceeded and help
assure that proper WOB value is maintained.
Block Height: The current calculated height of the traveling block assembly suspended from the
derrick. The typical reference point for this height is the bottom of the elevator arms. This channel
is used to calculate Hole Depth, Bit Position, and ROP, among other channel computations.
Choke Position1/Choke Position2: These two optional channels show the current positions of
the chokes, with indications of percent (%) open. These two choke position channels are used to
control the mud flow rate from the hole when shut in with a BOP to circulate out a gas kick.
Co. Man G/L: This channel uses the same algorithm as the Gain/Loss channel, but can be zeroed
separately. This allows the Company Man or Tool Pusher to individually monitor changes in mud
volume without affecting gain/loss monitoring on the rig floor.
Co. Man Total Strokes: This channel uses the same algorithm as the Strks - Total channel, but
can be zeroed separately. This allows the Company Man or Tool Pusher to individually monitor
pump strokes without affecting total strokes monitoring on the rig floor.
Diff Press: Differential pressure, sometimes referred to as Delta P, is the pressure difference
across the mud motor while drilling, calculated by subtracting the off- and on-bottom pump
pressures. When drilling with mud motors, the Diff Press channel provides a real-time view of the
differential pressure to assist the Driller in ensuring that motors do not stall.
Dog Leg Severity: A dog leg is a sharp change in the direction of the wellbore. Dog Leg Severity
is a normalized estimate of the drilled well path's overall curvature, computed between two
consecutive directional survey points, typically measured as degrees (°) per 100 ft or 30 m.
EDMS Counts: The RigSense electronic depth measurement system (EDMS) provides data for
block height calibration. The EDMS Counts channel is a raw block height sensor value that is used
to calculate block height.
Flow Deviation: The user can zero the Flow Deviation channel to track the maximum positive or
negative change in the Flow Out Per channel (see below) value from that point.
Flow In Rate: The Flow In Rate channel records the rate of mud moving from the flow line and
flowing into the wellbore during rig operations.
Flow Out Rate/Flow Out Percent: The Flow Out channels record the rate or percentage (%) of
return mud flowing from the hole and returning through the flow line during rig operations.
Continuous monitoring of mud flow out of the well helps identify rate changes, which could indicate
potentially serious problems like lost circulation of drilling fluids to high permeability zones having
ineffective filter cakes or gas infiltration or kicks that could lead to uncontrolled blowouts.
Unexpected mud return through the flow line when the mud pumps are off during a trip could
indicate that insufficient total mud weight in the hole is allowing a gas kick.
If periodic filling of the hole during tripping out is performed with the same mud system that is used
during drilling, the start of mud return through the flow line indicates that the hole is full. Gas
infiltration into the hole can be detected by filling the hole after a specific number of stands has
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 35 of 332
been pulled, and counting the number of pump strokes required to cause return flow. If flow is
measured as a percentage, then 0% indicates a no flow condition and 100%, full flow.
Flow Out % to Rate Cal: This channel is used to calculate the Flow Out Rate channel by
multiplying the Flow Out Percent channel by a user entered value.
Gain Loss: This channel provides the gains or losses of mud being monitored by the mud volume
channel. The gain or loss shown is in reference to the amount of mud measured when the channel
was last zeroed. The Driller can set a new zero reference at any time independently of Co. Man
G/L. With the alarm limits set on this channel, the Driller is automatically alerted to changes that
could be an early warning of abnormal conditions such as gas infiltration or lost circulation.
Gamma Depth: The Gamma Depth channel indicates the difference in depths of the gamma ray
tool location and the bit position.
Gamma Ray and Gamma Ray (offset): The gamma ray is a widespread measurement of a
subsurface formation's natural emission of radioactive elements. Different lithologies naturally
transmit differing amounts of radioactivity, so gamma ray logs can help differentiate between
reservoir and non-reservoir rock like sandstone and shale. This channel is the gamma ray
measurement at the tool’s location in the drillstring. If plotting by time, Gamma Ray will display. If
plotting by depth, Gamma Ray (offset) will display. See "Toolface" on page 210.
GW Pump Shutdown: This channel activates the pump relay in the Gas Watch sensor module to
turn the vacuum pump on and off. This is an optional channel available to Gas Watch III.
GW Status: This channel displays numbers to indicate the current status of the Gas Watch
system. For example, a GW Status of 0 means normal (or good) operation. This is an optional
channel available to Gas Watch III.
GW Vacuum: This channel indicates the reading in inches (in.) of mercury (Hg) of the vacuum
sensor in the Gas Watch sensor module. This is an optional channel available to Gas Watch III.
GW Vacuum Max: This channel is a manually entered value in RigSense, ranging from 0 to 10 in.
Hg, with the default value being 5 in. Hg. Once the Gas Watch vacuum sensor reading exceeds
this set limit point, it shuts the vacuum pump off. This is an optional channel available to Gas
Watch III.
Hole Depth: Hole or well depth is the calculated subsurface distance of the drilled borehole at any
time. This channel tracks bit position, so it is updated if the bit position value becomes greater than
that for hole depth. Depth information in either real time or subsequent printouts can be used to
identify places or points for well construction purposes like setting casing. It can also reveal
locations where specific occurrences take place such as formation changes or drilling breaks.
Hook Load: Hook load is defined as the weight of the drillstring measured on the hook at surface
during rig operations. Exceeding a pre-set high limit advises the Driller of stuck pipe downhole, so
corrective action can be taken before derrick line capacity is exceeded or drillpipe pulls apart. In
addition, the Hook Load channel is used to calculate the Bit Weight channel value.
Kelly Down: This user-defined channel is used by the pipe tally function within RigSense to
calculate the kelly-down depth for each joint of pipe, and is measured from the top of the pipe
threads to the mark on the kelly. The kelly mark is where the rig drills down to before making a
connection. When the kelly is in the down position, drilling does not progress until a connection is
made, after which it is brought up by the length of a drillpipe joint. On rigs with top drives, this
channel may display a negative number to compensate for a negative block height due to the
ability of a top drive to kick out the elevators and drill almost to the tool joint.
www.nov.com
Page 36 of 332
Lines Strung: This channel counts the number of times the drilling line runs around the sheaves
or pulleys within the crown and traveling blocks, so it must be an even number. The Hook Load
channel is calculated by multiplying its scaled sensor value by the displayed Lines Strung. As
such, Hook Load changes in direct proportion to the Lines Strung value.
Lst Elem Len: This channel indicates the distance the blocks travel while making a connection.
Block Height is recorded when slips go in, which is then compared to the new value when they go
out, so the Lst Elem Len channel is essentially the calculated length of a new joint (or stand when
using a top drive).
Lst Jnt Time: This channel tracks the time taken to drill down the last joint (or stand).
Methane (GW): Channel showing the percentage (%) of methane gas in the current gas sample.
This is an optional channel available to Gas Watch III.
Mud Temp In/Mud Temp Out: These channels provide the temperature of the drilling mud during
rig operations. The mud temperature circuitry can be configured to measure the temperature of the
mud going both into and out of the hole. An abnormal temperature change in the mud coming out
of the hole can be the first indication (on some drilling operations) of an impending change in the
subsurface formation and downhole conditions. Formation temperature conductivity often causes
temperature increases just above a high-pressure formation. Therefore, higher mud temperatures
may indicate the approach of an over-pressured zone before it is actually penetrated.
These mud temperature channels are optional, and when used, their exact location depends upon
the number of optional channels used and the order in which they are displayed. Mud
temperatures are provided in units of °F or °C.
Mud Volume: This channel provides the total mud volume of drilling fluid contained in any
combination of mud pits (excluding the trip tanks). The Driller can change at any time the
combination of active mud pits being monitored. Monitoring total mud volume using high and low
alarm limits enables the Driller to detect abnormal mud volume changes that may indicate potential
problems like gas infiltration, tank overflow or lost circulation downhole, providing time to take
corrective action before the situation becomes critical and costly.
If separate trip tanks are not used on the rig, mud volume changes in the surface pits can be
monitored during a trip to verify gas infiltration and/or wellbore conditions. If the rig uses trip tanks,
the mud volume channel will continue to monitor the mud stored in the other pit sections while the
trip tanks are being used. In this case, automatic alarms can be used to alert the Driller to any
accidental loss of valuable drilling mud while the rig hands are busy tripping.
Mud Weight In/Mud Weight Out: These channels provide the measured weight or density (mass
per unit volume) of the drilling fluid as it goes into and comes out of the hole. Comparing mud
densities can indicate the extent that formation fluids and solids have mixed with the circulating
fluid. This information is helpful in analyzing the formation currently being drilled and determining
the best drilling mud composition to maintain hydrostatic head while preventing lost circulation.
These mud weight channels are optional, and if used, are utilized only during the drilling mode.
Overpull: This channel is the pull or push force on drillpipe in reference to its string weight in
drilling fluid. In tight holes or stuck pipe situations, the additional tension, or pull, that can be
applied to the drillstring before exceeding the pipe's yield strength must be known. The reference
string weight is automatically calculated for each connection when the slips are removed.
Pipe ID/Pipe OD: Drill pipe inside-diameter (ID) and outside-diameter (OD) measurements are
channels used in lag calculations.
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 37 of 332
Pit Jumps 1 - 12: This channel measures an excessive change in the signal from the pit probe
sensor. The pit jump value increases by one every time there is a 10% or more change from one
sample to the next. This lets the user know when troubleshooting a pit probe may be needed.
RigSense can monitor up to 12 pit probes at a given time.
Pit Volume 1 - 12: These twelve channels represent the total volume of drilling fluid contained in
each of the numbered mud pits. The primary storage vessels for drilling fluids, mud pits are open
steel-plated tanks that permit additive mixing, fluid cycling, as well as sand and sediment settling.
RigSense allows a user to enable or disable a particular mud pit by clicking the correct numbered
button or by clicking the EZ view block for a particular pit volume. When a mud pit is disabled, its
volume is not included in gain/loss calculations or the total volume (see Mud Volume channel).
Propane (GW): Channel showing the percentage (%) of propane gas in the current gas sample.
This is an optional channel available to Gas Watch III.
Pump Displacement 1 - 6: This manually entered channel value identifies the volume of drilling
mud displaced by one stroke of the respective mud pump at 100% efficiency.
Pump Efficiency 1 - 6: This manually entered value identifies the volumetric efficiency of the
respective mud pump, defined as ratio of the actual displacement volume to the theoretical volume
of liquid the pump could displace under ideal conditions, expressed as a percentage. A reduction
in pump volumetric efficiency could indicate an operational problem or a maintenance need.
Pump Liner 1 - 6: This manually entered value represents the inside diameter of each of the mud
pump liners.
Pump Pressure: The pressure of the primary mud circulation pump(s) on the drilling rig.
Monitoring the pump pressure channel and comparing it with pre-set high and low alarm limits
automatically alerts the Driller to conditions that could soon cause costly problems like a pump
malfunction, a cracked drill collar or a plugged jet in the bit.
Pump SPM 1 - 6: The rate in strokes per minute (spm) of each of the numbered mud pumps
during drilling operations. The Driller can easily correlate the pump rate with pump pressure to
verify the condition of the mud pumps and drillstring.
Pump SPM - Total: The total sum of the rates in spm of all the enabled mud pumps. See previous
Pump SPM 1 - 6.
Pump Stroke Length 1 - 6: This manually entered value identifies the measured stroke length of
each mud pump.
Pump Type 1 - 6: This selected option identifies the respective pump is a duplex or a triplex type
of pump.
Reference Hkld: The reference hookload is the full weight of the drillstring just before touching the
bottom of the hole, or the off-bottom weight of the drillstring. This is the point when the user zeroes
the bit weight in RigSense. Then, the Bit Weight channel is calculated by subtracting the current
Hookload from this Ref Hkld.
Returns Depth - Realtime: This channel is essentially the lag depth or the depth at which the
displayed gas value was recorded. RigSense lag must be configured correctly for the Returns
Depth - Realtime channel to calculate properly.
Rig Activity: This user-set channel specifies the particular action taking place at the rig, including
drilling, circulating or tripping (in or out). For other rig activities, refer to page 47.
www.nov.com
Page 38 of 332
ROP - Average: Drilling rate of penetration (ROP) is the speed at which the drill bit progresses
through the formation. This ROP channel is calculated using a sliding 1-ft window that updates
(the window moves down) every 1/10 ft. The algorithm uses the time on bottom between the
current depth and the depth 1-ft previous to current. This channel provides faster updates
compared to the Cut-Ft ROP channel, but retains the same level of averaging to smooth the spikes
appearing in the Fast-ROP channel.
Since penetration rates are directly proportional to drilling costs, this is extremely useful
information. It helps identify the best values for drilling variables such as bit weight, rotary rpm,
pump pressure and bit condition so that drilling efficiency can be optimized. ROP fluctuations
quickly indicate formation changes, drilling breaks and bit conditions, and may provide the first
indication of entry into new formations where pressure changes must be detected as early as
possible.
ROP - Cut-Unit: This ROP channel is the calculated ROP averaged over the previous foot of
formation cut by the drilling bit. This channel resets and updates over every foot of rock cut.
ROP - Fast: This ROP channel is a 30-second sliding window that updates (the window slides
down) every second. It is designed to immediately reveal any ROP changes to the user.
Rotary RPM: Rotary revolutions per minute (rpm) is the rate in which the rotary table turns during
drilling operations. Rotary rpm is usually correlated with rotary torque, so they are adjacent to one
another on RigSense display and printout. Changes in the Rotary RPM channel provide advance
warning of potential problems such as a worn bit, stuck pipe or poor hole conditions.
Rotary Torque: Rotary torque is the amount of torque required to drive the rotary during rig
operations. It measures the resistance to rotate the kelly and drillstring, so increasing torque may
indicate bit problems or stuck pipe downhole. Setting the Rotary Torque channel's high and low
limits enables corrective action to be taken before an occurrence becomes critical, thus avoiding
problems such as costly twist offs.
Run Jnt Time: This channel uses an algorithm to compute the time in seconds from leaving slips
to going on slips, indicating how long the string was off slips. When a new calculation begins, the
previous running joint time is stored in the prior joint time channel.
Skim Flow: This channel is used to track the flow out on a skim flow line coming off of a gas
buster. It is displayed as a 0% to 100% flow value. See Flow Out Per channel description.
Slip Status: This channel provides the state of the slip status (In/Out), or whether the string is on
or off slips, by comparing the Hook Load and the internal Trigger Hook Load channel values.
Slug Pit: This channel represents the volume of the slug mud (drilling fluid with barite-increased
weight/density) in the pit, which is used to displace the drilling mud out of the upper part of the
drillpipe before pulling out of hole.
String Displacement: This channel provides the volume of mud displaced by the drillstring.
String Speed: This channel is the instantaneous speed of the drillstring based on changes in
block height.
Strks - Acc Drill: This channel for accumulative drill strokes provides a count of the accumulated
strokes of the mud pumps while drilling. The Driller can reset this optional channel to zero at any
time while in the drilling mode and use it to count strokes required for such functions as circulating
bottoms up or spotting a plug.
Strks - Acc Fill: This channel for accumulative fill strokes provides the Driller with a running total
of the mud pump strokes used during all hole fills while tripping out. When the pump starts to fill
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 39 of 332
the hole, this channel counts strokes until there is an 8% return flow in the flow line. The old count
is held between fills and the channel adds strokes until 8% return flow is measured at the end of
each new fill. The channel does not automatically reset to zero, but it can be zeroed at any time.
Having a running total of the strokes used to fill the hole allows the Driller to determine if that total
is above or below the expected value at any time, an abnormal total indicating either gas kicks or
mud losses downhole.
Strks - Fill: This channel counts the strokes from when the mud pump begins a hole fill until there
is an 8% return flow in the flow line. Strokes per fill provides the Driller with an accurate method of
monitoring the number of pump strokes it takes to fill the hole after a specific number of stands
have been pulled during a trip. This channel automatically resets to zero after each fill ends and
before the next one begins.
Comparing the number of strokes required for each fill provides information regarding downhole
conditions. Fills requiring significantly less strokes than anticipated may indicate gas kicks, while
more than normal strokes may reveal mud losses. Setting high and low alarm limits on this channel
indicates whether the number of strokes for any fill is abnormal. This channel is used only during
tripping operations, so it is displayed only when the RigSense system is operating in the trip mode.
Strks - Pump (1 - 3): This is defined as the stroke count of each of the numbered mud pumps
during drilling operations. This channel can be zeroed at any time.
Strks - Total: The total sum of the stroke count of all the enabled mud pumps during drilling
operations. See previous Strks - Pump (1 - 6).
Svy Azimuth: The azimuth is the departure angle (clockwise) of well path as measured from
magnetic or due geographic north in a horizontal plane. Survey azimuth is the compass direction
of the path of the drilled borehole as measured by a directional survey, so it is essentially the
direction toward which the wellbore path is pointed relative to due north.
Svy Depth: The discrete point where a survey is taken, typically the total depth (TD) at the time of
measurement. A complete survey measurement consists of the inclination and the azimuth or
direction at a point in a well. The exact position of the borehole must be known to confirm an
accurate wellbore trajectory and precise TD location in the event a relief well is needed.
Svy Inclination: The inclination is the amount of wellbore deviation from vertical, measured in
degrees. Inclination is the angle of the wellbore defined by its tangent line and a vertical line that is
parallel to the earth's gravity, without factoring in compass direction.
Regarding oilfield terminology, drilling at 0° inclination means vertical (downward pointing) and 90°
inclination denotes horizontal. Thus, a greater than 90° inclination (angle) corresponds to the term
drilling up. Vertical wells typically use just inclination to measure the wellbore path, whereas
deviated wells are measured using both directional and inclination measurements.
Time on Slip: This channel determines the time on the slips if the slip status is enabled. The
channel can be zeroed.
Toolface Gravity: A gravitational Toolface survey measurement is referenced to the top or high
side of the borehole, typically used while drilling directional and/or horizontal wellbores.
Toolface Magnetic: A magnetic Toolface survey measurement is referenced to the magnetic or
geographic due north, generally utilized in vertical drilling situations.
Toolface Threshold: A user-entered value, such that if the measured inclination (Svy Inclination)
is less than Toolface Threshold. Toolface will provide magnetic measurements (due north). If Svy
Inclination is greater than this threshold value, then the survey measurements will become
gravitational (high borehole side).
www.nov.com
Page 40 of 332
Top Drive RPM: See the Rotary RPM channel description for additional explanation, but this
channel applies for top-drive systems.
Top Drive Torque: See the Rotary Torque channel description for more explanation, but this
channel applies for top-drive systems.
Total Flow In: This channel value is the sum of the Flow In and Booster Flow In channels.
Total Gas (GW): This channel records the total amount of lagged gas present during drilling
operations, as monitored by the Gas Watch III gas detector. Continuous monitoring enables
potentially hazardous gas to be detected at the earliest possible instance. The magnitude of the
gas signal also provides a key to the characteristics of the formation being drilled. This is an
optional channel available with Gas Watch III.
Total Gas Normalized: This channel is the Total Gas value that is normalized to ROP. The
channel takes the DAQ-calculated ROP value in min/ft and multiplies it by the Total Gas (GW)
reading. This is an optional channel that is only available with Gas Watch III.
Total Gas (ML): This is an optional channel almost always associated with WITS and the use of
3rd party gas detectors usually operated by an onsite Mud Logger or Geologist. The value is
typically a gas percentage (%) of a sample gathered by a gas detector. Total Gas (ML) is generally
presented as % gas or in 'Units of gas detected' which is derived from the percentage.
Total Gas Out: This is also an optional channel associated with 3rd party gas monitoring
equipment. This channel is intended for receiving via WITS gas flow rates, as opposed to
percentages, during underbalanced drilling or well fracturing operations.
Total Trip Vol: This total trip volume channel totals the mud volume going in or out of hole during a
trip. See Trip Tank (1 & 2) channels for the importance of monitoring mud volumes when tripping.
Trigger Hkld: Trigger hookload is a manually entered channel value which is used in conjunction
with the Hook Load channel value to identify slip status, and is typically ~25% greater than the
weight of the blocks plus that of the kelly or top drive. It is usually setup during the initial rig-up and
well spudding, and should be changed only if the in-slips hookload changes.
Trip Tank (1 & 2): The trip tank channels provide the mud volume contained in the trip tank(s).
Accurately monitoring trip tank mud volumes using pre-set high and low alarm limits can provide
early indications of out-of-tolerance conditions developing downhole, so the Driller can take
corrective action before the situation becomes critical. Successive mud volume changes are
usually observed while filling the hole, and can be continuously analyzed to help determine if gas
is infiltrating in the well or if mud is escaping to the formation during a trip. RigSense is accurate
enough to register a volume change as little as 1/10 of a bbl in most installations.
Trip Tank GL: This channel works just like the Gain Loss, but is for the Trip Tank channels. It sums
the gain/loss for all active trip tank volume sensors.
TVD: This channel tracks the true vertical depth (TVD) of the borehole, which is the vertical
distance from a point at surface (the elevation of the rotary table) to the bottom of the hole. The
Driller uses two primary depth measurements: TVD and measured depth (aka Hole Depth). The
TVD is important for comparing drilled formations with offset wells and in determining the
bottomhole pressure (BHP). The TVD is measured in either feet or meters.
Water Pit: This channel represents the volume of water in the water tank, used for mud mixing,
cementing and rig cleaning.
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 41 of 332
Washout Factor: A wash-out occurs when pitted or galled areas of the drillstring are eroded out
by high-pressured mud traveling through the drillpipe or bottomhole assembly (BHA). The washout
factor is an indicator that a wash-out is likely for the specific drillpipe or BHA's downhole tools.
WC Drill Stop Point: This user-defined channel identifies the block height at which the e-Wildcat
autodriller will automatically disengage to cease drilling. Because of the increasing number of top
drives within the rig fleet, what had been known previously as the kelly down point is now referred
to as the drill stop point.
WC Incr Distance: The user-defined length of drilling expressed in unit length for a defined time
interval during Time Drill (unit length/minute).
WC Len To Drill: The user-defined set point on total length or distance to drill during the Time Drill
operation within the well plan.
WC ROP: The desired lift-motor speed; or the speed at which the brake handle is lifted to achieve
the entered Target ROP. Similar to the ROP adjustment on pneumatic autodriller systems, the
Target ROP should be adjusted frequently as drilling conditions change. As a general practice, the
Target ROP value should be equal to double (or triple) the current WC ROP value, but also should
be tuned as needed for smooth payoff. If there is frequent and aggressive oscillation of the brake
handle, the Target ROP should be reduced. If the Target ROP value is too low, then more time is
required to reach the Target Parameters (Bit Weight, Differential Pressure, Torque).
WC Sensitivity: This setting determines how fast the e-Wildcat lift motor changes speed in
response to parameter changes. If the brake handle begins to oscillate while drilling, decrease the
sensitivity to smooth out brake control. Conversely, if responses are not rapid enough to prevent
parameters from excessively overshooting their targets, then increase the sensitivity.
WC Target Bit Weight: The desired WOB the user wants to achieve in the current section.
WC Target Diff Press: The desired differential pressure the user wants to achieve while drilling
with a mud motor, or as a safety measure. WC Target Diff Pressure is activated only when the Diff
Press button is enabled from the e-Wildcat control screen.
WC Target ROP: The desired drilling rate the user would like to achieve in the well plan.
WC Target Torque: The desired torque the user wants to achieve in the well plan. WC Target
Torque is activated only when the Torque button is enabled from the e-Wildcat control screen.
WC Time Interval: The user-defined time amount expressed in minutes for the defined
incremental distance or length (unit length/minutes).
WC Total Drilled: The desired total distance drilled since beginning the Time Drill operation.
WPDA-Avg MSE: This channel is the mechanical specific energy (MSE) calculation (performed
once every second) that is averaged employing a user-designated averaging factor. For example, if
the pre-selected averaging factor is five, then Avg MSE would be calculated by adding the MSEs
computed over five successive seconds, and then dividing this sum by five.
This channel serves to smooth MSE charting and can be used for drilling situations where MSE
data points spike too excessively to be useful. Excessive MSE spiking may indicate the presence
of drillstring vibrations. Using MSE averages also may be helpful during slow drilling at less than 1
ft/hr ROPs. This is an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-Bit HHP: This channel is the computed bit hydraulic horsepower (HHP), in horsepower per
square inch of bit drilled area, using in its calculation mud weight, bit diameter and nozzle sizes. It
estimates the hydraulics available at the bit, and can be used to evaluate bit cleaning, assessing
www.nov.com
Page 42 of 332
the speed of new cuttings removal from the bit face as they are drilled. This is an optional channel
provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-Bit RPM: This channel provides an estimate of the rotation in revolutions per minute (rpm)
of the bit during drilling. It represents the true rpm of the bit, the calculation of which includes
inputs from the top drive (or rotary table) and the mud motor (when used). Rig and office personnel
can use this channel while drilling with a mud motor, and its use enhances MSE calculations. This
is an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-d Exponent: The d-exponent is used to predict overpressured zones, and has gained wide
acceptance since Jordan and Shirley introduced and applied it to identify transition zones for
several drilling areas. Successful d-exponent use stems from its ability to detect abnormal
pressures while drilling, providing a significant advantage compared to wireline methods. This is
an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-Dim Torque: This channel for dimensionless torque compares torque with the bit diameter.
Since the calculation is independent of hole diameter, it has historically been used to identify
formation changes while drilling. This is an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA
service.
WPDA-HeartBeat: This is one of the first channels and main indicators within RigSense to verify
that the Wellsite PDA system is running properly. A continuous saw-tooth pattern on the WPDA
HeartBeat chart indicates that the Wellsite PDA system is communicating with RigSense. If it has
flat-lined (holds steady value for indefinite period of time without resuming), then the user is
advised to perform diagnostic troubleshooting steps regarding the Wellsite PDA implementation.
After viewing an acceptable heartbeat, the user should verify that RigSense is receiving all
Wellsite PDA outputs. This is an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-MSE: This channel value is the MSE calculation performed one time per second. MSE
provides primarily a measure of both the formation hardness (compressive rock strength) and the
overall drilling efficiency, defined as energy input per volume of rock drilled. MSE reflects the
efficiency between the energy applied to drill (like torque, rpm and WOB) and the resulting output
(i.e. ROP) for a particular rock formation and drilling condition. Typically, lower MSE values are
better for a given drillstring design and formation hardness. An increase in MSE indicates that
more energy is required to do the same job. A sharp MSE increase (e.g. 2- to 4-fold) indicates an
abnormally large efficiency drop, which may indicate problems like drillstring vibrations or bit or
bottomhole balling. Depending on the conditions, a change in drilling parameters may be required.
This is an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
Real-time MSE monitoring provides the ability to detect instantaneous changes in drilling
efficiency for timely decision making regarding drilling parameter optimization to maximize ROP
and minimize bit trips. In addition to the MSE calculation, the Wellsite PDA service also has
developed a work process that includes its monitoring along with other performance-related drilling
parameters.
WPDA-Mud Motor RPM: This channel represents the calculated mud motor rotation in rpm based
on mud flow in and motor specifications. It enables operators to both monitor the mud motor
performance and enhance MSE calculations. This is an optional channel provided with the Wellsite
PDA service.
WPDA-Mud Motor Torque: This channel is the calculated mud motor torque in ft-lb based on the
differential pressure (or Delta P) across the mud motor and its specifications. This channel is
required to calculate MSE when sliding (if the surface torque measurement of the top drive or
rotary table is zero) and to diagnose/monitor mud motor performance. This is an optional channel
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 43 of 332
WPDA-Pipe Torq Engr: Pipe Torque Engineering converts drilling torque from relative units to
engineering units. The calculation uses the torque measurement in relative units like Amps or psi
and a conversion factor to change the measured torque values to ft-lb engineering units.
Therefore, its use requires that the torque conversion factor be known and available. This is an
optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-Pseudo-MSE: This channel is a relative MSE value rather than an absolute one like MSE.
An alternative solution that can be used almost as effectively as MSE itself, Pseudo-MSE is the
output for some rig equipment types in which obtaining a ft-lb torque number (required for the MSE
calculation) either directly or indirectly via a conversion factor is not possible. This is an optional
channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service of which service advisors can assist operators in
its use to achieve drilling performance improvements.
WPDA-Ref CCS (confining compressive strength): This channel value is sourced from the Wellsite
PDA service. The value generated is based on current hole depth and CCS data entered in a pre-
configured reference file on the WPDA system. The WPDA system reads in current hole depth
from RigSense and outputs the Ref CCS channel to RigSense. Allows for operators to see a real
time comparison of values from a previously drilled offset well and current active well.
WPDA-Ref Gamma: The value generated is based on current hole depth and Gamma data
entered in a pre-configured reference file on the WPDA system. The WPDA system reads in
current hole depth and outputs the Ref Gamma channel to RigSense. Allows for operators to see a
real-time comparison of values from a previously drilled offset well and current active well. This is
an optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WPDA-Ref MSE: The value generated is based on current hole depth and MSE data entered in a
pre-configured reference file on the WPDA system. The WPDA system reads in current hole depth
and outputs the Ref MSE channel to RigSense. Allows for operators to see a real-time comparison
of values from a previously drilled offset well and current active well. This is an optional channel
WPDA-Status: This channel provides status codes to identify the current Wellsite PDA operational
status and possible data input errors from either RigSense or a 3rd party system, which may
prevent Wellsite PDA's MSE and other output channels to be calculated. These status codes are
grouped by digit numbers and ranges to quickly convey normal status or error types. This is an
optional channel provided with the Wellsite PDA service.
WSGD Airflow: This optional channel indicates the reading in inches (in.) of mercury (Hg) of the
vacuum sensor in the WSGD sensor module.
WSGD Methane: Channel showing the percentage (%) of methane gas in the current gas sample.
WSGD Methane is an optional channel available with WSGD.
WSGD Propane: Channel showing the percentage (%) of propane gas in the current gas sample.
WSGD Propane is an optional channel available with WSGD.
WSGD Pump Shutdown: An optional channel that activates the pump relay in the WSGD sensor
module to turn the vacuum pump on and off.
WSGD Total Gas: Wellsite Total Gas is calculated by totaling the current reading for Methane and
Propane. WSGD Total Gas is an optional channel available with WSGD.
www.nov.com
Page 44 of 332
44
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 45 of 332
3: Menus and Tools
RigSense® 3.11 Rigsite Information System integrates NOV’s leading sensor technologies with the
latest in computer and data acquisition systems. Its user interface is comprised of numerous data
screens, each serving a specific purpose. The system allows the Driller and any user to configure
these screens to display the information required for the particular drilling situation.
Screen Terms and Functions

The default RigSense electronic drilling recorder (EDR) Drill screen is displayed. Terms regarding
this screen are the described in the following sections, and are used throughout this user manual.
Navigation
Header tabs
On RigSense
screens, 
a --- means
there is no
valid data.
Body
A red X
means that
either:
• there is no
connection
to a
configured
channel, or
• there is a
disabled
channel.
Footer
RigSense Station Permissions

Some RigSense capabilities are restricted by the permissions set up for the individual users at
each station. These access rights are usually granted during the initial configuration, though an
NOV-trained technician can provide access to restricted functions to other stations at any time.
Examples of functions requiring user permissions include the ability to start and end a well, and
the ability to modify or zero global channels like Bit Weight, Gain/Loss, and Trip Gain/Loss. True
Vertical Depth (TVD) survey information can be viewed by all users, but Survey Management is
limited by permissions. Additionally, access to certain screens tied to optional RigSense features
require the appropriate permissions. Many permissions are granted by default to the displays
commonly used by the Driller on the rig floor and in the dog house. Also known as driller's rights,
all other stations have these permissions disabled by default to prevent accidental reset of key
channels. With the proper permissions, the same functionality available to the Driller is also
available to other key rig personnel.
www.nov.com
Revision B 3: Menus and Tools
Page 46 of 332
Common Dialogs
Frequently used dialogs within the user interface are described below.
Screen Object Object Name Description/Instructions
Keypad Used to enter numeric values when a

keyboard is not connected to the
RigSense computer.
Fill in a value and click Enter. If an
invalid value is entered, an error and a
valid value range appears. Click Cancel
to close the keypad without changes.
Keyboard Used to enter alpha-numeric data when

a keyboard is not connected to the
RigSense computer.
Fill in data and click OK.
Click Exit to close the keyboard without
changing the data.
Date/Time dialog Used to enter Month, Day, Year, Hour,

Minute, or Seconds.
All sections are not available in all
applications. Click left and right arrows
to adjust each value.
Available Channel List Used to select a channel.

The channels displayed in the list
depends on where the list is invoked.
Only channels stored in the database
are listed on EZ views under the strip
charts.
Calculator Used to perform calculations. It is

accessed by the Calculator button on
either the Tools > System Tools menu
or the Pipe Tally screen.
shift: Toggles the three right buttons on
shift the bottom row.
copy and paste: Copies and places a
number in the display field from memory.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 47 of 332
Header
The top portion of the screen, called the header, is composed of two sections. One section (the top
most section or the title bar) remains the same across all operator screens. Information provided in
the title bar includes lease name, well number, system provider, RigSense version, the date, and
the time. Directly beneath the header is either the Real Time header or an Alternate header.
Note: Provide the title bar’s RigSense version if technical support is needed from NOV.
Lease Name & Well No. RigSense version Server date and time
Real Time header
Alternate header
Real Time Header

This header provides Rig Activity choices and shows Hole Depth, Bit Position and Slips status.
Hole depth Bit position
Click Rig Activity to select a new rig activity.
• To change Rig Activity, select an

item in the list and then click OK.
• Click Cancel to close the dialog

box without making any changes.
The right Slip Status button toggles between the Auto and Manual modes.
In the Auto mode (In/Out button unavailable), slip status is determined by
comparing the Hook Load value to the Trigger Hook Load value.
www.nov.com
Page 48 of 332
Clicking the Auto button disables automatic slips detection, so slip status is now determined by the
In/Out button. When In is selected, the Bit Position channel will not move during block movement.
Click Auto to return to the automatic slips detection.
Note 1: Disable the Auto mode while pushing pipe during horizontal drilling or surface hole
drilling with the hook load below the trigger hook-load set point even if out of slips.
Note 2: Make sure the Slip Status is set to In just after the drillstring is set in slips and set
to Out just before the drillstring is picked up out of slips. If the hole depth is incorrect after a
connection, most likely the slips switch was left set to Out while making it.
Alternate Header
This six EZ-view header replaces the Real Time header for the report or pipe tally screen (see
Chapter 8, titled "Reports" and Chapter 11, titled "Pipe Tally"). It is also the header displayed for
the integrated rig information system (IRIS) graphical user interface (GUI) format (see "IRIS GUI
Format" on page 221 in Chapter 10, titled "Setup") instead of the standard RigSense GUI.
This header has six user-selectable EZ views and the Slip Status buttons. Click on an EZ view to
change alarm settings and configure channels (see "Channel Configuration" on page 57).
Footer
Footer buttons allow quick access to commonly used actions, discussed in the following sections.
Appears on PVT screens in place of Zero Bit Wt.
Set Depth/Bit Position

To correct bit position or hole depth, follow the directions on page 49.
Caution: Use this dialog to set bit depth only

if auto depth is disabled in the pipe tally.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 49 of 332
Click Reset Bit Depth to correct the value displayed for the bit position.
A
On the keypad, enter the new bit depth.

Certain dialogs display, depending on the
relationship between bit and hole depths:
• If the entered bit depth is deeper than C

the current hole depth (A) or if the
change is greater than ±30 feet (9m)
(B), the user should re-enter the
number to verify. When the system is
satisfied with the number entered, it
accepts the new bit position.
• If the entered bit depth is less than or
equal to the current hole depth or it is
changed less than ±30 feet (9m), the
D
system asks if the bit is on bottom (C).
The D screen will display if Pipe Tally is

maintained:
• If Yes is selected, the Select Active
Joint window launches with the active
joint highlighted in green (D).
• If this is the correct joint, select OK, or
if not, scroll using the arrow keys to
the correct active joint.
• If No is selected, RigSense
automatically maintains the current
difference between hole depth and bit
position.
www.nov.com
Page 50 of 332
Click Reset Hole Depth to correct the value displayed for the hole depth value.
A
On the keypad, enter the new hole depth.

The following dialogs then display:
• If the entered hole depth changes by

more than ±30 feet (9m), the operator
needs to re-enter the number for
verification or click retry to enter another
number (A). When the system is satisfied
that the number entered is not a mistake,
it asks if the bit is on bottom (B).
• If the entered hole depth is changed by
C
less than ±30 feet (9m), RigSense also
asks if the bit is on bottom (B). See Note
below.
The C screen will display if Pipe Tally is

maintained:
• If Yes is selected, the Select Active
Joint window launches with the active
joint highlighted in green (C).
• If this is the correct joint, select OK, or if
not, scroll using the arrow keys to the
correct active joint.
• If No is selected, the current difference
between hole depth and bit position is
automatically maintained.
Note: If the hole depth is changed, the user is asked if the bit position is on bottom.
If yes, the bit position changes to the new hole depth. If no, the bit position changes so that
the difference between the bit position and the hole depth is maintained.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 51 of 332
Zero Bit Wt
Click Bt Wt Only in the footer to zero just the bit

weight.
Click Bt Wt and Diff Press to zero both the bit
weight and the differential pressure.
A validation pop-up appears to confirm the
channel modification.
Zero Trip GL
Click Zero Trip GL in the footer of a PVT screen

to zero the trip gain/loss.
Zero GL
Click Zero GL in the footer to zero the drill gain/

loss.
Horn is On/Off
Click this toggle button in the footer to enable or disable the local (audible) alarms for currently
active workstations that have been configured with speakers. When the horn is disabled, the
button is red. The horn will not sound for alarm conditions while the horn is disabled.
Note: By default, only the Driller can turn the data acquisition unit (DAQ) rig floor horn on
and off. However, NOV-authorized personnel can assign its control to another station if
necessary.
Alm Ack
Click this button to acknowledge and silence all currently active alarm conditions. The horn will
sound each time a channel exits and returns to an alarm status.
www.nov.com
Page 52 of 332
Alarm
The Alarms screen allows the user to check on alarm status and to change alarm setpoints for
any channel. The screen also allows the user to see all channels currently in alarm.
Note: Refer to the section titled "Set Line Wear Alarms" on page 179 for information
specific to alarms for Line Wear.
Selected channel and value
Closes Alarm
screen.
Acknowledges all alarms

The alarm limits (above screen, left) provide visual and audible warnings to alert the user that the
channel is nearing its pre-set alarm limit. When exceeding the High Alarm or Low Alarm, the EZ
view or gauge background turns yellow and both the rig floor horn and local audible alerts sound.
High High Alarm and Low Low Alarm are the set limits for each channel, and exceeding these
limits turns the EZ view or gauge background red and sounds both the rig floor horn and local
audible alerts.
The alarm horn for each channel can be enabled or disabled individually. Select a channel and
click the Enable/Disable Horn toggle button in the bottom left corner of the Master Alarm Page.
To set an alarm value:
1. Select a channel from the Channel List.
2. If the alarm is disabled, click Enabled first to enable the alarm.
3. Click the button that displays the current alarm value. Or if a value has not been entered yet,
click No alarm set first.
4. Enter the desired alarm value on the keypad.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 53 of 332
5. Click Enter to keep the new value or Cancel to discard the new value and close the keypad.
Pipe Tally
The last footer button is Pipe Tally, which when clicked, displays the Pipe Tally screen. For
detailed information on this function, see Chapter 11, titled "Pipe Tally".
Body
The body of the screens include displays and controls for the current rig activity as well as true
vertical depth (TVD) if enabled. The following sections explain conventions used in three common
screen elements:
 EZ views–see "EZ Views" for more information, next.
 Gauges–see "Gauges" on page 54 for more information.
 Main Strip Charts–see "Strip Charts" on page 55 for more information.
 TVD Track–see "TVD Track" on page 56 for more information.
EZ Views
EZ views are buttons that display channel information and offer access to channel configuration.
Channel Name
Channel Value
Units (or scaling on EZ views with strip charts)
Alarms: The background EZ view color changes from gray to yellow

when the channel reaches its enabled High or Low alarm value;
and to red when it reaches the enabled High High or Low Low
alarm value.
For more information, see "Alarm Settings" on page 57.
A channel’s units can be changed from US Customary (also known as English) to International
System of Units (SI; also known as metric), or vice versa. For example, the Hole Depth channel
can be displayed in either feet or meters. For more information on unit changes, see "Channel
Specific Controls" on page 59.
www.nov.com
Page 54 of 332
Gauges
Gauges are also buttons that provide channel information and access to channel configuration.
Maximum Peak Value High Alarm Zone
Channel Value Low Alarm Zone
Channel Name Low Low Alarm Zone
Units
High High Alarm Zone
Channel Value
Minimum Peak Value

For configuration features see "Channel Configuration" on page 57.
The background gauge color changes from

gray to yellow when a channel reaches its
enabled High or Low alarm value; and to red
when it reaches a High High or Low Low
alarm value.
Minimum Peak Value
Minimum Peak Value Maximum Peak Value
Peak maximum and minimum value needles display the maximum or minimum channel value
reached since the last time the Min/Max Needles Reset button was pressed (see "Channel
Configuration Footer" on page 60). This allows the user to view a range for the channel during a
given time period. For example, this can be useful for finding the maximum bit weight that was
reached while drilling a stand. The Min/Max needles are machine specific so the channels can be
reset on one machine without affecting the needles at another RigSense machine.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 55 of 332
Strip Charts
Depth recorders Strip chart and Strip chart
On bottom its EZ views display controls
Off bottom
Strip chart
scroll buttons
"Setup Charts"
on page 61
Plot Method button
Recorder
The recorder, on the left side of the screen, emulates the mechanical chart recorder, printing a tick
mark at each time and depth interval. When on bottom, the depth is recorded in green. When off
bottom, bit position is recorded in blue and offset to the left (see far left depth recorder).
Strip Charts
 These charts display by time or depth real-time and historical channel data. Up to four pens
are available, but the default display is two-pen data charting by time. Here, two colors in
each strip chart correspond to same color EZ view values directly underneath. To setup the
chart display for the number of available pens, see "Setup Charts" on page 61.
The horizontal scale of the charts is defined by default upper and lower bounds, which the
user may modify (see "Chart Bounds" on page 58). The vertical scaling by time or depth is
also selected by the user (see "Strip Chart Display Controls").
 Use the left and right arrow buttons to scroll through the strip charts. To change the order of
the charts, see "Setup Charts" on page 61 or use the lock feature described in "Channel
Configuration Footer" on page 60.
 Click an EZ view below a chart to setup or change its channel or the units (see page 57).
Strip Chart Display Controls
 Click the single arrows to scroll the strip chart one major division at a time.
 Click the dual arrows to scroll the strip chart one page at a time.
 Click the + or - magnifying glass to zoom in or out of a strip chart to show more or less detail.
 Click the R/T button to return the strip charts to real-time updates.
www.nov.com
Page 56 of 332
TVD Track
Refer to the section titled "True Vertical Depth and Survey Management" on page 191 for more
information about TVD, its display, and survey management.
TVD Track
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 57 of 332
Channel Configuration
When an EZ view or gauge is clicked, the Channel Configuration dialog box is displayed. This
dialog allows the user to control various aspects of the channel being displayed. The image below
displays a typical Channel Configuration dialog for an EZ view associated with a strip chart.
See "Alarm Settings", below.
See "Chart Bounds" on

page 58.
See "Channel Specific

Controls" on page 59.
See "Channel Configuration

Footer" on page 60.
Alarm Settings
Each channel has four alarms that the user can set, disable, or enable in the Alarm Settings
portion of the Channel Configuration screen. This portion of the screen is displayed for all 
EZ views and gauges.
Click to Disable alarm.
Click to change alarm value.
Click to Enable alarm and set value.
Click to Enable alarm if previously disabled.
Click to Disable/Enable audible alarm horn for the current channel.
www.nov.com
Page 58 of 332
The user-enabled alarm limits are visual and audible warning alarms, indicating that the channel is
nearing the alarm limits that had been set beforehand. When the High Alarm or Low Alarm is
exceeded, the EZ view or gauge background turns to yellow and the rig floor horn and local
audible alarms sound. Both the High High Alarm and Low Low Alarm are the actual alarms for
each channel, and exceeding these limits causes the EZ view or gauge background to turn red
and the rig floor horn and local audible alarms to sound.
The High Alarm and Low Alarm can also be used without the High High Alarm and Low Low
Alarm if the user wants to maintain a channel within a certain range, but exceeding it is not critical.
Chart Bounds
EZ View With Strip Chart
This Chart Bounds section of the Channel Configuration screen is displayed only if the EZ view
is associated with a strip chart. Setting chart bounds determines the horizontal scale of a strip
chart, as defined by its upper and lower bounds. See "Strip Charts" on page 55.
 Lower Bounds–Click to set minimum charted value, normally displays on the left.
 Upper Bounds–Click to set maximum charted value, normally displays on the right.
 Reverse Bounds–Switches the Lower and Upper Bound values to mirror the graph on a
strip chart, putting low on right.
Gauge
This Chart Bounds section of the Channel Configuration screen, with minor and major tick
marks, is only displayed when a gauge is clicked.
Lower Bound
Note: Plan for a total of about 20 to 50 tick marks per
gauge, depending on the upper bound and resolution
desired. See the following guidelines. Upper Bound
Click the numeric display button below the corresponding label to set the following values:
 Upper Bounds–Sets the maximum value displayed on the gauge. The needle will not rotate
clockwise (right) past the upper bound.
 Lower Bounds–Sets the minimum value displayed on the gauge, usually zero. The needle
will not rotate counterclockwise (left) past the lower bound.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 59 of 332
Channel Specific Controls

The sections below show possible buttons that may display to modify channels, the specifics
depending on the channel type and configuration. This section displays the Bit Weight channel:
This area is displayed for most

Channel Configurations.
The buttons displayed in this area

depend on the channel type and its
configuration. Note that this channel
can be modified and zeroed.
The following Channel Configuration section displays for the Pump SPM2 channel:
Again, the same area is

displayed for this channel.
These buttons depend on the channel

and its configuration, so this one cannot
be modified or zeroed. However, it can
be enabled or disabled. See "Enable/
Disable Features" on page 27.
 Reset Peak–Click to set the peak value to zero. The peak value is the highest value that
channel has reached since system start up or last reset.
 Change Units–Click to change a channel’s units from US
Customary (also known as English) to International System
of Units (SI; also known as metric), or vice versa.
For example, Hole Depth can be displayed in either feet or
meters. Also, there are often various unit forms available in
both English and metric for certain channels. ROP can be
displayed in ft/hr and ft/min or m/hr and m/s. Additionally,
changing a channel’s units also changes the unit selection
on any related channels for consistency. For instance, unit
changes on Mud Pit 1 also changes the units on all other Mud Pit channels.
 Modify Value–Click to set the channel value. This option is not available for all channels.
 Zero Value–Click to zero the channel value. This option is not available for all channels.
 Enable/Disable Channel–Click to change channel status. Disabled
channel values aren’t used in calculations. For example if a mud tank is
disabled, it won’t be used in total mud volume or gain/loss calculations,
but will still be calculated/displayed. An X means a channel is disabled.
www.nov.com
Page 60 of 332
Channel Configuration Footer

Appears when a gauge is selected. See "Gauges" on page 54.
 Exit–Closes the Channel Configuration screen.

 Clear Chl–This button is not available on a task-oriented screen. Click to clear channel
information leaving the EZ view (and strip chart if applicable) blank. Replace Chl becomes
Add Chl.
 Replace Chl–This button is not available for all channels. Click to change the channel
displayed in the EZ view or gauge. Select a new channel from the Available Channel List.
See "Common Dialogs" on page 46.
 Log/Linear–Only appears when an EZ view associated with a strip chart is selected.
Toggles the horizontal chart scale between linear (using selected chart bounds) and
logarithmic (with chart bounds from 1 to 10,000).
 Lock/Unlock–Only appears when an EZ view associated with a strip chart is selected from
the EDR Drill screen. Click to lock the EZ view in place, so that when the left and right scroll
buttons are clicked, the EZ view stays in place while the other charts scroll past.
Click Unlock to keep the chart in its current order and allow it to scroll with the left and right
scroll buttons.
 Reset (Min/Max Needles)–Only appears when a gauge is selected, replacing the Log and
Lock buttons. Click to set both the minimum and maximum needles of the gauge to the
current channel value. See "Gauges" on page 54.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 61 of 332
Setup Charts
All screens containing strip charts have a Setup Charts button, which when clicked, displays the
Setup Charts screen below. Used to configure strip charts, the options available on the Setup
Charts screen vary depending on the application of the charts and the number of pens.
Two-Pen Default Chart Display

Click Setup Charts on the EDR Drill screen to display the default two-pen Setup Charts screen.
Drill screen
displayed EZ
views
Scroll
Charts
section
Chart/
channel
selector
Chart
presentation
settings
Strip chart scaling
The top portion of the Setup Charts screen is used primarily for channel specific configuration. It
contains the EZ views that are associated with strip charts. In the figure above there are three
columns of buttons representing the three visible strip charts available on the EDR Drill screen.
Each column has two buttons representing the two pens per chart.
The number of rows and columns corresponds to the chart configuration on the data screen where
Setup Charts was clicked. Clicking one of these buttons conveniently accesses the Channel
Setup dialog box so the channel to be charted can be selected using the Replace Chl button.
The EDR screen for the default two-pen display is shown on page 45.
www.nov.com
Page 62 of 332
Single or Multiple ( >2) Pen Chart Display

If more pens are desired than the default two-pen display for data charting, then the user may
increase (or decrease to one) the number of pens to three- or four-pens to display more channel
data. Simply click the ··· button by the Number of Pens display in the Setup Charts screen.
Click to change the number of pens from the default.
Three-Pen Display
To display three channels of drilling data per chart, select 3 in the Select pens per chart dialog.
The EDR Drill screen will appear as follows, with one additional EZ view underneath each chart.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 63 of 332
Click on each blank EZ view to display the No Channel dialog.
Click Add Chl and select the desired channel for display, and then configure its units and alarms.
See "Channel Configuration" on page 57.
After adding the needed channels, the EDR Drill screen displays the newly added channel data in
the strip charts with their associated EZ view values situated directly underneath.
In this example, the channels selected were Pump Pressure, Ann Pressure, and Flow In Rate. For
these three added channels, their data plots and EZ view values are displayed in yellow.
www.nov.com
Page 64 of 332
The Setup Charts screen has 3 as the pen number and three additional chart/channel selectors.
Drill screen
displayed EZ
views
Scroll
Charts
section
Chart/
channel
selector
Chart
presentation
settings
Strip chart scaling
Four-Pen Display
To display four channels of drilling data per chart, select 4 in the Select pens per chart dialog.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 65 of 332
The EDR Drill screen will appear as follows, with two additional EZ views underneath each chart.
Click on each blank EZ view to present the No Channel dialog.
Click Add Chl and select the desired channel for display, and then configure its units and alarms.
www.nov.com
Page 66 of 332
After adding the needed channels, the EDR Drill screen displays the newly added channel data in
the strip charts with the associated EZ view values directly underneath.
In this example, the channels selected were Pump Pressure, Ann Pressure, ROP - Fast, 
ROP - Average, Co. Man G/L, and Flow In Rate.
For the additional three channels added with the four-pen selection, their data plots and EZ view
values are displayed in orange. The additional channels previously added with the three-pen
selection remain in yellow (see page 66).
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 67 of 332
The Setup Charts screen has 4 as the pen number and additional chart/channel selectors.
Drill screen
displayed EZ
views
Scroll
Charts
section
Chart/
channel
selector
Chart
presentation
settings
Strip chart scaling
One-Pen Display
If the user wants to display only one drilling channel per chart, and have one associated EZ view
underneath, then select 1 in the Select pens per chart dialog.
The EDR Drill screen will appear with each strip chart and EZ view displaying the channel data of
the top EZ view of the prior multiple pen display. For example, if the prior display was the default
two-pen display, then the channels displaying would be Hook Load, Pump Pressure and Flow Out
Percent (see page 45).
To replace the current channels being displayed, see "Channel Configuration Footer" on page 60.
www.nov.com
Page 68 of 332
Arranging EDR Drill Screen Strip Charts

A section of the Setup Charts screen to arrange charts can be accessed only from the EDR Drill
screen. To arrange the 15 chart columns of channels, follow the directions below.
1. Click Setup Charts on the EDR Drill screen to view the Setup Charts screen.
2. Click Arrange Charts to open the Arrange List dialog box (shown right) and re-arrange the
EZ view charts on the EDR Drill screen.
 The single scroll arrows move the highlight up or down selecting the next item in the list.
A selection can also be made using the mouse or touching the screen.
 The double scroll arrows move the highlight to the top or bottom to select the first or last
item in the list.
 The move arrows shift the selected item up or down one item in the list arranging the EZ
views displayed on the EDR Drill screen.
 Click OK to keep the changes or Cancel to discard the changes and close dialog box.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 69 of 332
Setting Chart Presentation

The lower half of the Setup Charts screen contains various functions to control how charts
appear.
 Show Minor Depth Ticks–Select to enable or disable the minor depth tick marks on the
depth recorder. This feature is available only on time-based charts.
 Show Minor Grids–Select to enable or disable the minor grid lines on the strip charts.
 Show Tool Tips–Select to enable or disable data point information on the strip charts. Tool
tips appear when the mouse cursor stops over a data point on the strip charts. The
information that appears includes the time and date of the sample and the minimum and
maximum values represented by the chart at that point. Where there are two pens in a chart,
the top min/max data represents the channel in the top EZ view, and the bottom min/max
represents the channel in the bottom EZ view.
 Show Peak Labels–Displays a label on the strip chart for a channel’s peak value if the value
is greater or less than the chart bounds set for that chart.
Display TVD Ruler

1. Click Show TVD Ruler to display the TVD Track on the current screen.
www.nov.com
Page 70 of 332
2. Select the drop-down TVD box for additional TVD selection settings.
The TVD track is displayed. Refer to the section titled "True Vertical Depth and Survey
Management" on page 191 for more information on TVD.
TVD Track
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 71 of 332
Plotting By Depth or Time

1. Click Setup Charts on the Drill, Circulate, 4 Charts, or Mud Motor EDR screen to view the
Setup Charts screen.
2. Click the Plot Method button. The Select Plot Method dialog box appears.
Click to plot strip charts by time increments.
Click to plot strip charts by depth increments.
Upon selecting choice of plot

method, the Select Plot Method
dialog box automatically closes.
Note: In the Select Plot Method dialog box, the darker colored button signifies whether the
strip chart data is plotted by time (Plot by Time) or by depth (Plot by Depth).
3. Select the desired vertical scaling in the units column on the left side of the screen.
Setting Depth Marks

1. Click Setup Charts to view the Setup Charts
screen. This feature is not available on the
ROP Gas screen.
2. Click Set Depth Marks to access the Set
Depth Mark Intervals dialog box (shown
right).
3. Click to highlight and select the desired
intervals.
www.nov.com
Page 72 of 332
4. Click OK to accept the change or Cancel to ignore the change and close the dialog box.
Note: When zooming out, two text labels (for major tick marks) will be replaced with
one label rather than overlapping.
Viewing Current or Past Strip Chart Data

1. Click Setup Charts to view the Setup Charts screen. This feature is not available on the
ROP Gas screen.
2. Select the Real Time button or Historical button to view desired data.
 Real Time–Select to view continuously updated, real-time data on the strip charts.
 Historical–Select to view past data without having to scroll back one page at a time.
 The plot method selected in the Select Plot Method dialog box (see "Plotting By Depth
or Time" on page 71) determines how past data is displayed.
Plot Method
Past Data
In depth mode, click ... to enter a In time mode, click ... to enter a
specific end depth point for viewing. specific end date and time to view.
Default is the current hole depth. Default is the current time.
74
www.nov.com
3: Menus and Tools
Revision B
Page 73 of 332
Navigation Tabs
The RigSense navigation buttons and tabs that run down the right side of the screen offer efficient
access to the system’s features, functions, and capabilities using touchscreen or a mouse.
This manual is organized along the lines of the RigSense software, in that the main (gray) buttons
below represent chapters, and the associated tabs correspond to sections within a chapter.
Chapter 4, titled "Electronic Drilling Recorder"
Click these items on the first page of each chapter

in the PDF to go to the corresponding section.
Chapter 5, titled "Pit Volume Totalizer"

Chapter 6, titled "Alternate Views (Alt. Views)"
Chapter 7, titled "Tour Sheet"
Chapter 8, titled "Reports"
Chapter 9, titled "Tools"
Chapter 10, titled "Setup"
Each of the seven main navigation buttons has a set of unique tabs. Refer to the chapters
indicated above for more detailed information.
www.nov.com
Page 74 of 332
74
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 75 of 332
4: Electronic Drilling Recorder
RigSense® 3.11 electronic drilling recorder (EDR) provides high capability and flexibility to users.
Taking the place of traditional pen and paper recorders, it records all rig activity for more than one
year, providing data that can be archived and viewed at varying resolutions. Some RigSense
capabilities are restricted by the permissions set up for the individual user at each station. These
permission-based functions must be granted before a station has the functionality that is enabled
by default to the driller’s station. Usually granted during initial configuration, an NOV-trained
technician can provide access to restricted functions to other stations at any time. See page 27.
EDR Navigation
All of the screens accessible from the EDR tabs are discussed in this chapter.
See "Real Time Header" on page 47.
EDR tabs
See "Footer" on page 48.
Note: If Show TVD Ruler has been selected from Setup Charts, this screen will also display
TVD. Refer to the section titled "True Vertical Depth and Survey Management" on page 191
for more information about TVD, its display, and survey management.
www.nov.com
Revision B 4: Electronic Drilling Recorder
Page 76 of 332
Drill
By default, the Drill screen displays typical drilling data. This screen may be configured according
to specific requirements.
The depth recorder is situated vertically on the left side of the screen, the strip charts charting the
desired drilling data in the center with the corresponding EZ views positioned beneath them, and
the up and down arrows to scroll these strip charts located to the right of them.
For more information on the functionality of the Drill screen, see "Screen Terms and Functions" on
page 45 and "Strip Charts" on page 55.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 77 of 332
Circulate
The Circulate screen offers the same functionality as the Drill screen without the ability to scroll
strip charts. This screen allows the user to configure a separate channel line-up that is specific to
the rigs circulation needs. In turn, less time is spent configuring the process-based view.
Screen is limited to three strip charts (with no scrolling).
www.nov.com
Page 78 of 332
Four Charts
The Four Charts screen also offers the same functionality as the Circulate screen, but with four
strip charts instead of three.
This screen layout is designed to maximize the number of strip charts displayed on the screen.
No additional EZ views
Screen has four strip charts.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 79 of 332
ROP Gas
ROP Gas is a screen specially designed to display rate of penetration (ROP) against lagged gas
by depth. The screen offers similar basic functionality as the EDR Drill screen (see "Drill" on page
76), but provides easy access to lag setup, chart display settings, data export, and ROP-gas log
printing. For more information, see "Lag Samples" on page 185.
Note: Correct lag setup and periodic corrections are needed to maintain accurate ROP Gas
logs. NOV Remote Logging Services include lag corrections if Mud Loggers are not doing so.
TVD. See "True Vertical Depth and Survey Management" on page 191 for TVD information.
If lag has not been set up in RigSense, click OK when this dialog displays after clicking ROP Gas.
See "Export" on page 84.

See "Chart Settings" on page 82.
See "Print" on page 86.
See "Setup RigSense Lag". See "Quick Print" on page 85.
The ROP Gas screen is displayed. Each button function is discussed in the following sections.
The strip charts and recorder display information by depth only and cannot be changed to plot by
time like other EDR screens. The charts for ROP - Cut Unit and the various Total Gas (lagged)
channels cannot be changed to different channels, but lagged gas channels can be modified to
display data from other gas detectors. EZ views on the screen’s left side can be changed. The
screen’s right vertical scale provides scrolling capabilities and zoom in/out functions.
Click Setup Lag to start the lag setup process described in the following paragraphs.
www.nov.com
Page 80 of 332
Setup RigSense Lag

Click the Setup Lag button to display the Setup RigSense Lag dialog.
The top RigSense Lag section shows basic information regarding lag calculations, as follows:
QL Time to Surface (min)–This value is the time in minutes it takes before the next sample is
circulated to surface.
QL Strokes to Surface–This value is the number of pump strokes required by all enabled pumps
to circulate the next sample to surface.
QL Returns Depth–This is the next sample depth from which cuttings will come up to surface over
the shaker.
Hole Depth–This is the calculated subsurface distance of the drilled borehole. Since it tracks bit
position, it is updated if the bit position value becomes greater than that for the hole depth.
Annular Velocity–This value is the current annular velocity or travel speed of drilling fluid returns
moving up through the well annulus.
Pump SPM - Total–This value is the total sum of the rates in strokes per minute of all the mud
pumps enabled during current drilling operations.
The middle section allows the user to select the lag calculation method, based on one of the
following: annular velocity, bottoms up strokes, or bottoms up time. Depending on the method the
user selects to calculate lag, RigSense will prompt for the required information.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 81 of 332
For lag calculations using the Annual Velocity, the user must enter a known annular velocity and
its corresponding pump rate (Total SPM).
For calculating lag with Bottoms Up Strokes, the user has to provide the number of pump strokes
it takes to move a cuttings sample from the hole bottom to surface. The channels needed for these
calculations include Pump Displacement and Pump Efficiency ("Pump Setup" on page 18).
For lag calculations using Bottoms Up Time (min), the user must enter the time it takes for a new
cuttings sample to return to surface based on a known pump rate (Total SPM).
If satisfied with the changes, click the Update and Exit button in the bottom section. Otherwise,
click Quit without Updating to leave the Setup RigSense Lag dialog with no changes.
RigSense Lag Autoconfiguration

If the user does not setup a lag calculation method, then RigSense will autoconfigure lag
periodically using annular velocity. Provided that the user had entered the information required for
annular velocity lag calculations, such as pipe OD, bit diameter, as well as pump displacement and
pump efficiency, then RigSense will autoconfigure lag if the user has not configured it by the time
drilling has progressed 300 ft (~100 m).
If the user has not entered the information needed for lag calculations, then a pop-up and chart
note display to indicate that RigSense is unable to autoconfigure lag. For more information on
these notifications, see "RigSense Lag Autoconfiguration" on page 190.
www.nov.com
Page 82 of 332
Chart Settings
Click the Settings button to display the ROP Gas Log Settings dialog.
In the top two sections, there are settings that can be selected for the ROP and Gas strip charts.
For the ROP Chart Settings, select the chart scale, generally linear when logging ROP values.
The averaging method and interval also may be selected here. For averaging charted data, the
user may choose to turn it off, or select one of two methods: block average and moving average. If
averaging the data, then the user may also select the interval over which averages are calculated.
The block average method places a straight line through the calculated average value of a set of
data points, and does the same for the next data set, and so on. The moving average method
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 83 of 332
calculates the average value of a shifting data set and plots this point, providing updated data
values, and plotting them over time. Used for smoothing short-term fluctuations to highlight longer-
term trends, moving averages are continually updated, while block averages are not.
In the Gas Chart Settings, the user may select the chart scale options in a manner similar to the
ROP Chart Settings, but often semi-logarithmic when logging lagged gas data instead of linear.
In this dialog, the user also enters gas detector information. For the Gas Detector, the user may
select either Single/3rd Party or Multi Gas. Clicking the ··· button in the Active Detector section
displays a pop-up, with choices depending on the Gas Detector selection the user makes:
 Single/3rd Party–The default configuration provides the choice to log the lagged total gas
detected by a single or 3rd party detector either at its total value or as a normalized value.
 Multi Gas–The default configuration presents the choice to log the lagged total gas detected
by one of two NOV gas detectors, either Gas Watch III or WSGD (used mainly in Canada).
If the MultiGas selection was made, then the gas plotting options could be as shown on the left. If
instead, Single/3rd Party was selected, then the plotting options could be as shown on the right.
Selecting Multi Gas displays another Gas Channels section, which is used to determine whether
the gas is to be charted as just the total gas or separately as individual and total gases. Select
Total Gas Only for a single EZ view and charted data. Select Separated for three EZ views and
charted data plots, graphing the configured gas values as methane, propane, and total gas.
A Total Gas Only selection displays
1 EZ view and channel data plot.
A Separated selection displays 3

EZ views and channel data plots.
www.nov.com
Page 84 of 332
In the bottom Common Settings section of the ROP Gas Log Settings dialog on page 82, the
user also may select whether notes, depth values, and minor ticks are displayed in the strip charts
Click Show TVD Ruler to configure the ROP Gas screen to display TVD. Refer to the section titled
"True Vertical Depth and Survey Management" on page 191 for more information about TVD, its
display, and survey management.
Note: An NOV-trained technician can add or set up more gas detectors using WITS.
Export
Click the Export button to display the ROP Gas Log Export dialog.
Appears only if Multi Gas is selected in the

Gas Detector section of the ROP Gas Log
Settings dialog. See page 83.
The available export options depend on whether Single/3rd Party or Multi Gas is selected in the
Gas Detector section of the ROP Gas Log Settings dialog (see page 83). The export options
displayed above appear if the user makes the Multi Gas selection in the Gas Detector section.
Otherwise, Separate Gasses is not available in the default configuration when Single/3rd Party is
selected. Once the user selects the appropriate export type (LAS or CSV (see page 169)), and the
export range, the gas log can be exported by clicking Export. The default export type is CSV if the
LAS option is not selected (see page 163).
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 85 of 332
Quick Print
Click the Quick Print button to display the Print dialog.
The Quick Print function prints the current display on the ROP Gas screen.
The user may make the desired selections typical in a printer dialog, such as selecting a printer via
the Name drop-down list or the paper size in the Paper/Output tab in the Properties dialog.
www.nov.com
Page 86 of 332
Print
Click the Print button to display the ROP Gas Log Print dialog. From this box, the user can select
the desired Common Settings, Charting Options, and Trace Line Types for printing regarding
the depth interval and scale; notes and minor grid; and color or black and white.
Click Show TVD Ruler to print TVD. Refer to the section titled "True Vertical Depth and Survey
Management" on page 191 for more information about TVD, its display, and survey management.
Within ROP Chart Settings and Gas Chart Settings, the user may select the low and high axes
or chart bounds; the averaging type and interval, the scale type, and the gas channel specifics.
In the Gas Chart Settings, the user may also select whether to plot separate or total gases. The
scale type may also be selected: linear, semilogarithmic, or logarithmic (SemiLog is selected on
the above screen, which is commonly used for plotting/printing lagged gas data).
Also within ROP Chart Settings of the ROP Gas Log Print dialog, the user may select a scale
type (Linear is selected) along with an averaging type and interval (Moving and 5 ft are selected),
with the same capability as in the ROP Gas Log Settings dialog box. See "Chart Settings" on
page 82.
Within the lower tabs on the ROP Gas Log Print dialog, the user can choose to print the results to
a selected printer or to create a PDF to view onscreen or to print.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 87 of 332
Mud Motor
By default the Mud Motor screen is designed to display the data needed when drilling with a mud
motor. The channels may be configured as desired. Differential pressure, also called Delta P, is the
primary channel on this screen. The displayed channel name is Diff Press.
Note: Usually, the differential pressure can be reset when the bit weight channel is zeroed
using the Zero Bit Wt button in the footer.
However, in this screen, it can be zeroed with its own button, Zero Diff Press, which
replaces the Zero G/L button in most other screens.
When drilling with mud motors, this screen provides an instant view of key information that assists
the Driller in preventing motor stalls and pump pressure valves exceeding their well construction
limits.
www.nov.com
Page 88 of 332
Notes
The Notes screen allows the operator to place notes on the strip charts. The notes will be
positioned at the time on the chart when they were added, mimicking hand written notes on a
paper chart recorder. There are 52 canned notes available on the buttons in the two default
screens.
Note: RigSense 3.11 does not allow notes to be manually entered with the keyboard. To
change a selected note, re-enter the parameters.
The first screen contains 27 options for canned notes. Click a button to present its dialog.
Click the down arrow button to present the second screen and its 25 canned note options.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 89 of 332
Use the following guidelines to select and manipulate the desired notes.
 Use the up and down arrows on the screen’s right side to scroll through the note buttons.
 Use the left and right arrows in the bottom left corner to scroll through the previously entered
notes.
 Click Enter Note to add the note in the text box to the strip chart.
 Click Clear Note to erase the text in the text box.
 Click Delete Note to erase an existing note displayed in the text box selected using the left
or right arrow buttons.
 Click ALL/None/User Only toggle to select if all notes, none of them, or only those entered
by the user are to be displayed. For example, if too many notes are being displayed by all
stations, the user may choose to have only his or her station’s notes displayed.
Using Note Buttons
To enter a note using the note buttons:

1. Scroll through the note buttons using the up and down arrows to locate the desired note.
2. Click the preferred note button. Many of the default notes will ask for more information using
a dialog box or list. Enter the requested information.
3. When the message field displays the correct information, click Enter Note.
Enter Survey Notes
To enter a survey note:

1. On the Note screen, select the Deviation Survey @ button.
www.nov.com
Page 90 of 332
2. At the Enter Survey Depth (ft) dialog, enter the survey depth on the keypad. Then click
Enter.
3. At the Enter Deviation / Inclination (deg) dialog, enter the deviation or inclination on the
keypad provided. Then click Enter.
4. At the Enter Direction / Azimuth (deg) dialog, enter the direction or azimuth (if known) in
the keypad provided. Click Enter to record the value or Skip to not record this value.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 91 of 332
5. At the Enter TVD (ft) dialog, enter the TVD (if known) in the keypad provided. Click Enter to
record the value or Skip to not record this value.
6. View the created note to verify information. If any value needs correction, click on it and one
of the above keypads will be displayed. When all values are correct, click Enter Note.
www.nov.com
Page 92 of 332
Note Details
The following table lists each note button and the information it provides as a note.
Note Button: Process: User Entry: Auto Entry:
BOP Drill As is None None
Current bit weight Current depth and bit

Bit Weight @ None
value at current depth weight are added
Underflow density,
overflow density, or
Pop-up dialog; and
Centrifuge output from the pop- None
then keypad
up dialog, then enter
the correct value.
Change Shaker
As is None None
Screens
Circulating @,
Current depth is
Circulating Pop-up dialog circulating up sample
added
@, break circulation
Clean to Bottom As is None None
Conditioning Hole As is None None
Connection @ current Current depth is

Connection @ None
depth added
Coring As is None None
Cut Off Drilling Line As is None None
Depth, deviation/
Deviation Survey @ Keypad inclination, direction/ None
azimuth, and TVD
Directional As is None None
Drill Out As is None None
Drill Stem Test As is None None
Drilling As is None None
Drilling Plug As is None None
Fishing As is None None
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 93 of 332
Flow check @, fill trip

tank & flow check @,
Current depth is
Flow Check Pop-up dialog fill pipe and flow
added
check @, pump pill
@, or blow kelly
Handle Tools As is None None
M.A.C.P. (maximum
Pop-up list; and Select units; enter
allowable casing None
then keypad M.A.C.P. pressure
pressure)
Select units; enter

Pop-up list; and
Mud Condition density, viscosity, None
then keypad
water loss, and pH

Mud Density None
then keypad mud density

Mud Viscosity None
then keypad mud viscosity
Mud pH Keypad Mud pH None
Mud Ring As is None None

Mud Water Loss None
then keypad mud water loss
Nipple Up B.O.P. As is None None
Pick up/Laydown Pipe As is None None
Laydown BHA As is None None
Plug Back As is None None
PVT at current Current mud volume

P.V.T. @ None
mud volume is added
Reaming As is None None
Reduced pump speed

Current pump
Reduced Pump @ current pump
None pressure, pump rate
Speed pressure, pump rate
& depth are added
and depth
Repair Rig As is None None
Rig Service As is None None
Rig Up As is None None
www.nov.com
Page 94 of 332
Rotate, rotate and Current depth is

Rotate and Slide Pop-up dialog
slide, or slide added
RPM @ rotary speed Current rotary speed

R.P.M. @ None
and current depth and depth are added
Run Casing and

As is None None
Cement
Safety Meeting As is None None
Shut in Well As is None None
Squeeze Cement As is None None
Switch Pumps As is None None
Test B.O.P. As is None None
Tear Down Rig As is None None
Tripping @
Tripping None Current depth added
current depth
Wait on Cement As is None None
Wash to Bottom As is None None
Wiper trip @ Current depth is

Wiper Trip None
current depth added
Wire Line Logs As is None None
Current bit weight,

Various drilling rotary speed, pump1
WOB, RPM, SPM None
statistics & 2 rates, & pump
pressure are listed
Work pipe @
Work Pipe @ None Current depth added
current depth
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 95 of 332
Kill Sheet
A Kill Sheet logs information on a well prior to a kick, and during its initial and circulation stages.
Perform the following actions to navigate around the Kill Sheet screen:
 Click Report Type; select Global Well Control (GWC) Kill Sheet or US Kill Sheet from list.
 Click Functions to Create, Load, Save, Delete, or Print a kill sheet.
 Click magnifying glass to zoom in on the displayed sheet. Clicking the sheet itself also
zooms on it.
 The Tools button has no functionality on this screen.
 Complete the three-part kill sheet (US) as pre-kick data, initial kick data and kick circulation.
The following page provides example guidelines for the selections shown for the Report Type and
Functions menus (US Kill Sheet and Load).
www.nov.com
Page 96 of 332
For the selections shown in the previous page, US Kill Sheet and Load, click the magnifying glass
or the kill sheet form itself to zoom in on it and enter the required data.
Pre-kick data:
• The prior calendar dialog

automatically displays a date.
• Enter values for Slow Pump
Rate in strokes per minute
(spm) and Slow Pump
Pressure in US units (psi).
Initial-kick data:
• Enter values for Mud Density 

in Hole, Shut-In Drillpipe
Pressure, Vertical Depth 
at Bit.
• Enter the Strokes to Bit
value.
• With the values from Pre-
Kick and Initial Kick Data
These calculations affected by:

Initial Kick Data Pre-Kick Data
Kick circulation:
• Select the type of Well Control

Method.
• If the Drillers Method is selected,
the two columns on the left are
removed since they are not
needed.
• If the Wait and Weight Method is
selected, RigSense calculates
and displays the column labeled
Pump Strokes.
When finished, click the Functions button on the bottom to Save, Delete, or Print the Kill Sheet.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 97 of 332
The Global Well Control, Inc. (GWC) kill sheet uses data entered and the wait and weight method
to provide tabulated expected values of Circulating Drill Pipe Pressure while pumping new kill mud.
GWC kill sheet:

Several fields
automatically
populate based on
previously entered
data.
RigSense calculates
blue highlighted
fields using
recorded data.
When filling out a GWC kill sheet, the two top left darker blue fields automatically populate based
on previous data loaded into RigSense.
After all of the required data is recorded, RigSense calculates values for the lighter blue fields.
www.nov.com
Page 98 of 332
Well Control
This screen shows drill pipe pressure, casing pressure, and choke positions for use in well control
and other pressure control operations.
Click a gauge to change

alarm settings and chart
bounds for that channel.
See "Channel
Configuration" on page 57
for details.
The Well Control screen also displays mimic gauges for pump pressure and annular pressure,
which are normally associated with choke operations during well control situations to provide the
Driller with “at a glance” information.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 99 of 332
e-Wildcat
The e-Wildcat® Electronic Drilling System utilizes the NOV DAQ to collect sensor data, calculate
system responses and provide appropriate interfacing. With the DAQ, e-Wildcat provides a 
two-way communication with RigSense 3.11 to provide a complete drilling control and
instrumentation package. The autodriller enables automatic drilling process control and
multiparameter monitoring for improved drilling rates and wellbore quality. For more information on
e-Wildcat, refer to its user manual, 42TM81-04 (see "Related Documents" on page 26).
If the e-Wildcat option is unavailable, its tab will be grayed. If used, this option appears under the
ungrayed e-Wildcat tab. Click it to display its interface, which consists of two operational screens.
The following table describes the two methods of operation that the e-Wildcat controller uses:
Mode Description
Automatic drilling functionality using the following parameters:
• WC Target Bit Weight (desired weight on bit)
• WC Target Diff Press (desired differential pressure while drilling with a mud
Auto Drill
motor, or as a safety measure)
• WC Target Torque (desired rotating torque)
• WC Target ROP (desired rate of penetration)
Time Drilling functionality using the following parameters:
• Incremental Distance (desired drill length in specified time period, i.e., 1 inch)
Time Drill
• Time Interval (desired time period to drill incremental distance, i.e., 5 minute)
• Length To Drill (total desired distance, i.e., 4 feet)
To change the mode of operation, select the toggle button, Select Time Drill (see "Time Drill Mode
Screen" on page 100) or Select Auto Drill (see "Auto Drill Mode Screen" on page 101).
Caution: Turn OFF, or disable, e-Wildcat before switching from one mode to another.
With RigSense 3.1 and later versions, the WC Feed Forward channel no longer appears
separately in the e-Wildcat main display, as its data and calculations are automatically
incorporated in DAQ computations rather than requiring the Driller to manually perform them (see
"Lift Unit Gear Selection With Automated Feed Forward" on page 103 for more information).
Note: Usually, the differential pressure can be reset when the bit weight channel is zeroed
using the Zero Bit Wt button in the footer.
However, in this screen, it can be zeroed with its own button, Zero Diff Press, which
replaces the Zero G/L button in most other screens.
www.nov.com
Page 100 of 332
Time Drill Mode Screen

The following screen is an example of e-Wildcat operating in the Time Drill Mode.
For the Time Drill Mode screen, above, select the button and set the following drilling parameters:
 WC Incr Distance–enter the distance to be drilled for a defined Time Interval (in inches).
 WC Time Interval–enter amount of time for the defined Incremental Distance (in minutes).
 WC Len to Drill–enter total distance to drill during the Time Drill operation (in feet).
The following controls and indicators are available on the Time Drill Mode screen:
Status Indicators – Display prominently below the e-Wildcat title bar. The e-Wildcat radio button
appears red when disabled. A green button is shown when e-Wildcat is enabled, as well as when
the WC Drum is engaged. A green light will also display when the WC Motor is engaged. The WC
Drum and WC Motor indicators will appear gray when not configured or not enabled.
System Messages – Provides system information. For example, this area provides notifications
when a profile has been added, an error has occurred, or if the drill stop point has been reached.
Lift Unit Gear – Refer to the section titled "Lift Unit Gear Selection With Automated Feed Forward"
on page 103.
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 101 of 332
Auto Drill Mode Screen

The following screen is an example of e-Wildcat operating in the Auto Drill Mode.
Note: Diff Press, Torque, and Lift Unit Gear selections will highlight blue when selected.
The following controls and indicators also are available on the Auto Drill Mode screen:
Status Indicators – Display prominently below the e-Wildcat title bar. The e-Wildcat radio button
appears red when disabled. A green button is shown when e-Wildcat is enabled, as well as when
the WC Drum is engaged. A green light will also display when the WC Motor is engaged. The 
WC Drum and WC Motor indicators will appear gray when not configured or not enabled.
System Messages – Provides system information. For example, this area provides notifications
when a profile has been added, an error has occurred, or if the drill stop point has been reached.
Profiles – Allows the ability to create profiles for specific drilling criteria. See the following section
titled "Profile Management" on page 102 for more information.
Sensitivity – Displays sensitivity in increments of 5. When adjusting sensitivity, the value will snap
to the nearest increment. For example, for a sensitivity reading of 10, if the left button was selected
to decrease the sensitivity, a display of 5 would be shown.
Lift Unit Gear – Refer to the section titled "Lift Unit Gear Selection With Automated Feed
Forward".
These controls and indicators are described in the following paragraphs.
www.nov.com
Page 102 of 332
Profile Management
Click Profiles on the Auto Drill Mode screen to access Profile Management controls. A profile
can be modified and saved from any station. The screen shown below provides example profiles.
Select a Profile Name to rename a profile then click the boxes to enter new values for that profile.
Select Activate Profile, then the required bit weight target profile name to activate that profile. The
user must enter target bit weight information to activate a profile.
Select OK or Cancel as shown. The profile names from the previous example are dynamically
populated and displayed in the following image (provided they had valid target bit weights).
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 103 of 332
Lift Unit Gear Selection With Automated Feed Forward

RigSense 3.1 and later versions display the Lift Unit Gear setting on the e-Wildcat screen, with a
prompt to switch gears manually using the high/low shifter (see "High/Low Shifter" on page 104).
These later software versions, however, no longer display the WC Feed Forward channel.
Prior RigSense versions had required that the Feed Forward value be manually divided by three
when switching from low to high gear. Conversely, the Feed Forward value had to be manually
multiplied by three when going from high to low gear.
Now, if the Driller changes gears, the DAQ will either multiply or divide the Feed Forward value by
three, depending on the gear change direction. If Low gear was previously selected and the Driller
selects High, the Feed Forward value will be divided by three, causing it to fall below the threshold
and illuminate High. If High gear had been selected and the Driller selects Low, the Feed Forward
value will be multiplied by three, causing the value to exceed the gear threshold and illuminate
Low. These rules apply regardless if the source unit is in feet or meters.
Select Low or High gear as required. A verification screen (below) prompts the Driller to change
the physical gear on the motor. The new WC Feed Forward value will be calculated as above. For
instructions on changing this lift unit gear, refer to "High/Low Shifter" on page 104.
NOV advises gear selection guidelines to apply according to the following drilling scenarios:
 For slower (typically less than 150 ft/hr or 50 m/hr) drilling speeds, select Low gear.
 For faster (typically greater than 300 ft/hr or 100 m/hr) ROPs, select High gear.
 For drilling between 150 and 300 ft/hr (50 and 100 m/hr), use either gear, as per the Driller’s
judgment.
www.nov.com
Page 104 of 332
High/Low Shifter
To shift gears using the high/low shifter, complete the following steps:
Caution: Before adjusting the high/low shifter, be certain the e-Wildcat system is turned
OFF. The system can be disengaged from any of three locations: the main on/off control
valve, the touch screen display or the auxiliary control box. Confirm that the system is in
the OFF position. Not turning the system OFF will result in serious damage to the lift unit.
1. Turn off the air supply to the system.
2. Simultaneously rotate the hand wheel at the front of the gear unit while pulling or pushing
the shifter knob. Recall the previous NOV criteria for drilling speeds and gear settings:
 For slower (<150 ft/hr or 50 m/hr) drilling, push the knob in for low gear.
 For faster (>300 ft/hr or 100 m/hr) ROPs, pull knob out for high gear.
 For drilling between 150 and 300 ft/hr (50 and 100 m/hr), the Driller may use either gear.
Low Gear High Gear

Position Position
For more information, refer to the e-Wildcat 1.0 User Manual (42TM81-04).
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 105 of 332
e-WildCat 1.1, 1.2 Appearance

The Auto Drill Mode and Time Drill Mode screens when utilizing RigSense 3.11 with the 
e-Wildcat 1.1 or 1.2 system will have a slightly different appearance, lacking the Lift Gear Unit
settings. Refer to the e-Wildcat User Manual, 42TM81-06, for more information.
Auto Drill
Mode screen
Time Drill Mode

screen
www.nov.com
Page 106 of 332
106
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 107 of 332
5: Pit Volume Totalizer
The RigSense® pit volume totalizer (PVT) provides information on mud volume and flow
conditions. The PVT system utilizes a series of devices, including float sensors like pit-level
indicators, that continuously monitor drilling fluid levels in mud pits. These indicators usually
consist of float or ultrasonic devices to sense fluid levels and transmit data to RigSense. The Driller
can monitor the pertinent channels so if the fluid levels change too much, an alarm may sound,
enabling a potential kick or lost circulation to be anticipated, and resolved quickly and accurately.
The Company Man and Tool Pusher can instantly review the same information on their displays so
that decisions on courses of corrective action can be reached efficiently and effectively.
PVT Navigation
Displays commonly used by the Driller on the rig floor and in the dog house by default can make
changes in PVT functions including zeroing drill gain/loss, flow deviation and total strokes. All other
stations have these permissions disabled by default, but an NOV-trained technician can grant them
access rights at any time. Refer to "RigSense Station Permissions" on page 45.
All of the screens accessible from the PVT tabs are discussed in this chapter.
See "Real Time Header" on page 47. PVT tabs
On the PVT screen, the Zero Trip GL button

See "Footer" on
(located in the footer) replaces the Zero Bit Wt
page 48.
button in the same location on all other screens.
www.nov.com
Revision B 5: Pit Volume Totalizer
Page 108 of 332
PVT Screen
The PVT screen has the capability to track and display critical information for the mud pit system
so the operator can configure this system to meet immediate needs. The PVT screen also aids in
making decisions about replacing drilling mud and monitoring the gain and loss rate of mud to
indicate occurrences such as gas kicks or mud losses downhole.
Pit Volume Totalizer
 Loss and Gain Alarm Set Points can be changed by clicking Set for a keypad. These are
the Mud Volume Low and High alarm values.
 Total Volume represents the volume of mud in all active pits.
 Drill Gain/Loss is the amount of change in the total volume channel since drill gain/loss was
last zeroed. This indicates losing or gaining mud. Drill gain/loss is the same channel as the
gain/loss channel zeroed from the button in the footer of all screens.
Press Zero Drill Gain/Loss in the Adjustments portion of the PVT screen to set the value
to zero.
Selector Switches
The numbered buttons correspond with the mud pits (up to 12.) Click a numbered button to enable
or disable a mud pit. A red X on top of a number denotes a disabled mud pit. When a mud pit is
disabled, its volume is not included in the total volume or gain/loss. This is also the case with trip
tanks and trip gain/loss.
112
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 109 of 332
Flow Sensor
 Alarm Set Points–These Loss and Gain values can be changed by clicking Set for a
keypad.
 Return Flow %–0% indicates no mud is returning through the flow line and 100% means
the return line is full.
 Flow Deviation–Indicates the delta change in the return flow percent since the flow
deviation was last zeroed. Press Zero Flow Deviation in the Adjustment portion of the PVT
screen to set the value to zero.
Trip Tank Monitor
 Trip In and Trip Out–Click to change the current rig activity to tripping.
 Volume In–Displays the total volume of mud flowing into the trip tank while tripping out of
hole. The Volume In should equal the Volume Out when the trip is completed.
 Trip In Zero–Click to set the Volume In value to zero before tripping in.
 Trip Tank–Displays the current volume in the trip tank.
 Volume Out–Displays the total volume of mud flowing out of the trip tank while tripping into
the hole.
 Trip Out Zero–Click to set the Volume Out value to zero before tripping out.
Pump Display
 galUS/min or m3/min–Displays the pump flow rate. For information on unit changes, see
"Channel Specific Controls" on page 59.
 SPM–Displays the pump stroke rate.
 Total Strokes–Displays the total number of pump strokes. Press Zero Total Strokes in the
Adjustments portion of the PVT screen to set the value to zero.
www.nov.com
Page 110 of 332
Adjustments
Use the buttons below to conveniently zero gain/loss, flow deviation and total strokes.
• Press Zero Drill Gain/Loss

to reset the gain/loss value
(displayed in the Pit Volume
Totalizer section) to zero.
• Press Zero Flow Deviation

to easily track it during slow
drilling. The flow deviation
value is displayed in the
Flow Sensor section.
• Press Zero Total Strokes

to restart the stroke count
displayed in the Pump
Display section.
• Press Zero Trip GL (located in the

footer) to reset the trip gain/loss value.
112
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 111 of 332
Tank Volume
The Tank Volume screen provides a single place to view mud pits and related channels with a
realistic visual representation of pit channel data. These channels are configurable, refer to the
section titled "Channel Configuration" on page 57.
For more information on these buttons:
• Setup Charts–See "Setup Charts" on page 61.

• Plot Method–See "Plotting By Depth or Time" on page 71.
www.nov.com
Page 112 of 332
Trip
The Trip screen offers the same functionality as the Tank Volume screen with information that by
default focuses on tripping. The user can change the channels according to specific needs.
For more information on these buttons:
• Setup Charts–See "Setup Charts" on page 61.

• Plot Method–See "Plotting By Depth or Time" on page 71.
112
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 113 of 332
6: Alternate Views (Alt. Views)
The Alt. Views group of screens provides additional flexibility in viewing data in RigSense® 3.11.
Alt. Views Navigation

These screens offer various arrangements of EZ views, gauges and charts. Any archived channel
can be displayed in an EZ view, gauge or chart on these screens. Selected screen layouts can be
copied to another screen with different channel layouts. All screens obtained from Alt. Views tabs
are discussed in this chapter. To customize these tabs see "Edit Alt. Views Tabs" on page 224.
Alt. Views tabs

See "Real Time Header" on page 47.
Contact NOV Sales or

Gas Watch III 
See "Footer" on page 48. Support for information on
diagnostic screen
obtaining these services or
navigating these diagnostic Wellsite PDA 
screens. diagnostic screen
Note: If the true vertical depth setting, Show TVD Ruler, has been selected from Setup
Charts, the Gas Watch III and WellSite PDA screens will also display TVD. Refer to the
section titled "True Vertical Depth and Survey Management" on page 191 for more
information about TVD, its display, and survey management.
www.nov.com
Revision B 6: Alternate Views (Alt. Views)
Page 114 of 332
One (1) Chart

Along with the standard three-strip chart EDR, RigSense 3.11 offers a display with a one-strip
chart, which can be accessed using the 1 Chart tab, as shown on the Alt. Views tabs on page 113.
The 1 Chart screen displays a single two-pen strip chart and its two associated EZ views on the
left side of the screen, along with 18 EZ views on the right side.
The user can select any channel desired for display in the strip chart and EZ views.
Click on any data value to change the channel displayed in

that EZ view.
118
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 115 of 332
EZ Views
RigSense offers options to view six, nine, sixteen or twenty-five EZ views at one time. The user
can select any channel desired for each EZ view.
The size of each of the six EZ views

increases for improved readability. The
values and alarm state can easily be read
from across a room.
The size of each of the nine EZ views

decreases, but their number increases for
additional real-time data in drilling
situations that require it.
Click on any data value to change the

channel displayed in that EZ view. See
"Channel Configuration" on page 57.
www.nov.com
Page 116 of 332
Gauges
RigSense offers options to view two, four or six gauges at one time. These screens offer additional
arrangements of gauge display to the user. The 2 Gauges screen displays two analog gauges that
can easily be read from across a room.
Click on any gauge to change the channel displayed.

118
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 117 of 332
Multi-Gauge
The Multi-Gauge screen displays one large gauge with multiple channel information. This display
defaults to show the Hook Load, Bit Weight and Pump Pressure channels.
www.nov.com
Page 118 of 332
118
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 119 of 332
7: Tour Sheet
The RigSense® 3.11 Tour Sheet is the official International Association of Drilling Contractors
(IADC) Daily Drilling Report in a user-friendly electronic format. The IADC Tour Sheet has been
the traditional standard for reporting daily drilling activities for more than half a century. The
RigSense computer-generated IADC Tour Sheet, or Daily Drilling Report, provides an industry
recognized official record of daily drilling operations. At the end of the drilling day, a secure version
of each report is saved to a file. A communications module provides secure transfer of all entered
data to databases in specified office locations. A Daily Drilling Report can also be printed using the
officially approved IADC format.
Tours (pronounced “towers”), or the working shifts for drilling crews, are in time periods of 8 hours
and 12 hours. There are three 8-hour tours typically called daylight, evening (or afternoon), and
graveyard (or morning). Two 12-hour tours may also be used, which are usually called simply day
tour and night tour.
A broad range of drilling data, including the tour data, for the IADC report is entered into the
database at the well site. Data entry items for the system include mud and bit data, well and rig
information, bottom hole assembly (BHA) and survey data, in addition to casing and cementing
information. Use of look-up lists and carry forwards make data entry efficient. Report data is used
to populate the RigSense database. The next screen shows an overview of the IADC Tour Sheet.
The sections that follow explain the various fields, drop-downs, and functions of the Tour Sheet.
See "Header" on page 47.
See "Footer" on page 48. See "Navigation Tabs"

on page 73.
www.nov.com
Revision B 7: Tour Sheet
Page 120 of 332
IADC Tour Sheet Functions

Note 1: For information on the Canadian Association of Oilwell Drilling Contractors
(CAODC) Tour Sheet, see Appendix A, titled "CAODC".
Note 2: To renew the IADC annual site license, contact NOV Sales, see "IADC Licenses"
on page 251.
The IADC tour sheet enables the user to perform numerous functions and tasks.
Sections that appear in

blue have been populated
with data. The color is an
indicator and is not
printed.
Functions–Click to perform Magnifying glass-Toggle Tools–Available when a field on

tasks such as printing and between a full page and a report is selected that supports
saving. section view of the tour the importing of data from
sheet. RigSense. Click to view the
import options available.
Click Functions on the Tour Sheet screen to perform the following functions:
 Create–Starts a new tour sheet.
 Load–Opens a tour sheet that was previously saved.
 Save–Saves the current tour sheet to the server.
 Export–Exports current tour sheet information to another application (e.g. Microsoft® Excel
or XML format (XML to D:\3rdPartyExport)).
 Delete–Deletes the current tour sheet (all data on the deleted tour sheet will be lost).
 Print–Prints the tour sheet to the default local printer.
 Send–Saves the report and uploads it to WellData where it can be viewed as a PDF.
Note: The Send option is grayed out until the report is signed off by the Operator
Representative (or Company Man) AND the Rig Manager (or Tool Pusher).
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 121 of 332
Tools Menu
The Tools menu is on the right side of the screen, allowing access to other functions in the
RigSense system. The menu may be hidden to view more of the tour sheet.
Tools Menu
Data Fields
Data in the editable fields can be changed or deleted. It is simple to edit the data in any field.
1. Click in the field where the data is to be edited.
2. Use one of the following options:
 If a drop-down menu appears, click and then click an option to select it.
 Type the data to enter it.
or
 If the RigSense Well Setup screen appears when certain fields are selected, it
indicates information must be changed in this screen prior to appearing in the tour
sheet.
www.nov.com
Page 122 of 332
Drop-Down Menus
To simplify use, some fields have drop-down menus with a list of options from which to select.
Not all fields have a drop-down menu. To see if a field has a drop-down menu, click the field. An
arrow appears on the right side of the field if a drop-down menu is available.
1. Click in the field to select it.
2. If there is a drop-down menu, an arrow appears on the right side of the field.
3. Click and the drop-down menu appears.

4. Click an option to select it.
The menu option appears in the field.
Selection Dialog Boxes
To simplify use, some fields have dialog pop-up boxes when certain fields are clicked.
1. Click in the field where the data is to be entered.
2. The dialog pop-up appears.
3. Select the correct option;
or
Add the correct information using the Add Key button, then choose the Select button.
4. The information appears in the field.
Note: Manual list entries that can be edited or deleted appear green in the list.
Otherwise, default list options cannot be deleted.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 123 of 332
IADC Tour Sheet Usage

This section discusses the various activities that may be required using the tour sheet.
Creating a New Tour Sheet

When a tour sheet is created, assign the number of shifts and times at the start of each day.
The first time RigSense is used, a new tour sheet must be created. The next time RigSense is
started, the previous tour sheet can be loaded or a new one created. A tour sheet must be created
each day.
1. Select the Tour Sheet tab to display the Tour Sheet window.
2. Click Functions to display the Functions menu.
3. Select Create and choose a date from the Select Date window.
www.nov.com
Page 124 of 332
4. Select either the 2 Tour or 3 Tour option.
Note: The 2 Tour option 

is divided into two 12-hour shifts 
and the 3 Tour option 
is divided into three 8-hour shifts.
5. Click OK. The Tour Sheet displays zoomed out.
6. Use one of the following options to zoom in on area of the tour sheet:
 Click
or
 Click the area of the tour sheet to zoom in on.
The zoomed area fills the screen.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 125 of 332
Loading a Prior Tour Sheet

The user can load a previous tour sheet to view the previous days tour sheet. Loading a previous
tour sheet is designed to allow the tour sheet data to be viewed.
Note: To change a loaded tour sheet, because of errors or new data additions, the tour
sheet must be unsigned, changed, and then signed off again.
1. Select the Tour Sheet tab to display the Tour Sheet window.
2. Click Functions to display the Functions menu.
3. Select Load to display the Select Report window.
4. Select the date for the report to load.

5. Click OK. The Tour Sheet window appears zoomed out.
6. Click anywhere in the tour sheet to zoom in on different sections.
www.nov.com
Page 126 of 332
Signing Off a Tour Sheet

There are a number of rules that must be followed when signing off a tour sheet:
 All members of the crew must sign off for each shift.
 If a Driller signs off a tour, he/she must unsign it to make any changes.
 A Rig Manager (or Tool Pusher) can unsign a tour sheet signed off by the Driller.
 All shifts of the tour must sign-off before the Operator Rep (or Company Man) can sign off.
 If there is an empty tour sheet (no employees on the payroll page), the Rig Manager (or Tool
Pusher) must sign off the Driller’s tour.
Note: When an Operator Rep, Rig Manager or Driller sign and lock the report, a
copy is saved and the other computers on location are updated with that copy.
This verifies that multiple copies of the same report are not being changed.
1. Click in the Crew Info section of the tour sheet.
The Crew Info section appears zoomed in.
2. If the crew information is not filled, in click Tools > Add Crew or > Add Employees.
3. Click once to select Yes or No from the drop-down list, and answer the Injured On This
Tour question.
Note: All employees (including temporary employees) must answer this question
before signing the tour.
4. Click in the Initial field and type the personal identification number (PIN) to sign off for the
shift. See "Completing an Employee Information Report" on page 153 for information on
PINs.
Locked fields are indicated with a gray background. Information cannot be entered into a
locked field. The entire tour is locked when the Driller signs it.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 127 of 332
Unsigning a Tour Sheet

1. Click in the field of the employee that requires unsigning.
2. Delete the *** that represent the sign-off PIN.
3. Enter the employees PIN.
Note: A Rig Manager (or Tool Pusher) may sign or unsign a tour in place of the
Driller.
Printing the Tour Sheet

4. Click in the Tour Sheet window.
5. Select Print to display the Print Options window.
6. Select the print size to print the tour sheet.
Note: On international installations, a PDF file of the report will be displayed. This
report file can be resized to fit different paper sizes before printing.
www.nov.com
Page 128 of 332
IADC Tour Sheet Fields

The entire IADC report can be viewed in the initial Tour Sheet screen. It consists of three pages
that are individually described in the remainder of this chapter.
In the view below, the user can quickly observe which sections have been completed (blue cells),
locked (gray cells), or have not yet been completed (white cells).
Page 1 Page 2 Page 3
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 129 of 332
Page One
The following paragraphs provide information about entries on page one of the IADC Tour Sheet.
Header Report Sign Off
DP and Pump
Information
Time Distribution
Hours
Time Distribution Mud Record

Hours
Completion
Drilling Assembly
Bit Record
Cutting Structure
Mud and
Chemical
Added
Remarks
Driller Sign-off
www.nov.com
Page 130 of 332
Header
Except for the date, the header information is imported from the well information entered at Well
Setup. While it could be updated on the IADC report, when the next report is created, the header
would be re-populated with the RigSense well information and would have to be changed every
day. Click in these fields to display the Well Setup dialog to change data to be carried forward.
Note: Changing the RigSense well information does not update the IADC headers on
existing reports. These cells are populated only once at the time the report is created.
The Date field is populated with the date selected when the report is created. The cell is locked
and cannot be changed. A report must be created or loaded to change the date.
Report Sign-Off
This section is where the Rig Manager (or Tool Pusher) and the Operator Representative (or
Company Man) sign off a completed report to make it official. These fields are locked until the
Drillers have signed off and locked each of their tours. If the Drillers are unavailable, the Rig
Manager (or Tool Pusher) can sign in place of the Driller.
To sign a report:
1. Click in the field and type the PIN setup on the Employee information Report (see
"Completing an Employee Information Report" on page 153.) and press Enter.
2. Depending on the options selected by a particular company, one of two things will occur:
 The name associated with the PIN is automatically displayed in the field; or
 If a signature pad is installed, the signature pad dialog will display to sign the document.
3. Once both fields have been signed, the system will verify that a valid IADC license exists.
 If a valid IADC license is not available, a pop-up will display a notification and the
signature fields will be cleared.
Note: Contact NOV Sales to purchase or renew an IADC license key. See
"IADC Licenses" on page 251.
 If a valid IADC license is found, the report is locked, assigned a unique IADC number,
and stamped with the IADC logo. To unlock the report, both the Operator Representative
and Tool Pusher need to re-enter their PINs.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 131 of 332
DP and Pump Information
The information in this section needs to be entered once per well. The information will carry
forward to all future reports. This information cannot be imported.
Time Distribution Hours
This information is automatically imported.
This section is locked and automatically populated from the

details of the operation section on page two.
To make changes to the hours listed here, update the
corresponding information on page two of the report (see
"Activity Details" on page 143). The descriptions for IADC codes
21, 22 and 23 are automatically imported with as much text as
possible from the Details of Operations field associated with
the codes (see "Activity Details" on page 143).
www.nov.com
Page 132 of 332
Time Distribution Hours Completion
Enter information in this section manually, except where

noted.
Totals are automatically calculated.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 133 of 332
Drilling Assembly
Information is imported from the pipe inventory

using the Tools menu (see below).
Note: When entering drilling assembly information, BHA

items may be doubled. For example, there are also several
import options available using the 
Tools menu.
Information is calculated.
Pipe Inventory:
www.nov.com
Page 134 of 332
Drilling Assembly Tools

 Import From Pipe Tally–Imports numerical values from Pipe Tally report.
 Copy from last Tour–Copies the previous tour’s BHA for editing as needed.
 Clear Drilling Assembly–Quickly clears out old BHA information in preparation for entering
a new BHA.
 Insert Line–Inserts additional line for more data.
Bit Record
Information may be imported from the Bit Record report or entered manually. The information that
is required for automatic entry into the Bit Report is the Bit No. and Serial No. fields.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 135 of 332
Tools Menu Options

 Get Current Bit–Imports bit information from the previous tour or displays the Select Bits
to Import window (see below) to bit selection.
 Select Bit From Bit Record–Displays the Select Bits to Import window. Select a bit from
the list to place in the bit record.
Note: Make sure to click the field in the specific column to import the bit
information in the correct location.
 Clear All Bits This Tour–Clears both bits from the bit record.
 Clear Selected Bit Only–Clears the bit from the column the cursor is in.
Cutting Structure
All information in this section must be entered manually as it is not carried over. The majority of the
cells in the Cutting Structure portion of the tour sheet have drop-down menus for user
convenience. If a cell has no drop-down, the information must be entered manually.
www.nov.com
Page 136 of 332
Mud Record
Information is
calculated.
Information is imported from the drilling

recorder using the Tools menu.
Invalid data - If invalid data is entered, the cell
turns red and the user cannot signoff the 
tour sheet.
The Time field in the Mud Record must be within the tour times set on the payroll page. If it is not,
the field will be flagged in red and not saved. The Pressure Gradient field is automatically
calculated from the value entered in the Weight field. Enter information in the remainder of the
fields in this section manually or import by clicking Tools.
Import from Drilling Record–Imports data from the Drilling Record.
Clear Mud Record–Clears all data from fields.
When this option is selected, RigSense searches the notes entered in the system during the
current tour using the Mud Condition canned note. Information that will be imported when located
includes: time, weight, funnel viscosity, fluid loss, and pH.
Note: Tour times must be completed in the payroll page (page three of the tour sheet)
for this tool to function correctly.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 137 of 332
Mud and Chemical Added
To enter information in the

Mud & Chemical Added
section:
1. Click in a Type field to

open the Item List pop-
up.
2. Click an additive to
highlight it.
3. Click Select to insert
the additive into the
selected Type field.
4. Type a value for the
selected chemical in the
Amount field to the
right of the type.
Item List
This list and its options include the most commonly used mud additives:
 Add Item–Click to enter and permanently add an item to the Item List.
Note: The additive entered will also be displayed on the other onsite RigSense
machines.
 Edit–Click to edit a selected item.

 Delete–Permanently removes the selected item from the list.
 Select–Closes the Item List pop-up and inserts the selected additive in the Type field.
 Clear–Clears an item from the Type field.
 Cancel–Closes the Item List without inserting an additive.
Note: The Edit and Delete options are available only for user-added chemicals. User
added chemicals are highlighted in green.
www.nov.com
Page 138 of 332
Remarks
Click inside of this field to type miscellaneous comments about the current tour operation.
Note: For contractors with IADC Addendum reports, clicking this field will display the
IADC Addendum report.
Driller Sign-off
This field enables the Driller to sign a completed tour sheet.

1. Click in the field, type the PIN number, and press Enter.
Note: If any required information is missing from the tour sheet, the user is
alerted with a message and automatically taken to the section that requires
information before sign-off.
For a Driller to be qualified to sign the tour, he/she must be listed on the payroll section for
the tour and be assigned the Driller position on the employee information report.
2. Depending on the options selected by the particular company, the tour is signed in one of
two ways:
 The Driller’s name will appear in the field or
 If a signature pad is installed, the signature dialog will be displayed.
Once the field is signed, the tour is locked and cannot be modified without being unsigned.
Note: When the Driller is offsite or is not working on the current tour, either the Tool
Pusher (or Rig Manager) can sign or unsign a tour in place of the Driller using his or
her own PIN.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 139 of 332
Page Two
Header Wire Line Record
Casing
Information
Drilling
Information
Deviation
Record
Activity Details
Header
Information in the header is imported from the well information entered at Well Startup. While it
could be updated on the IADC report when the next report is created, the header would be
repopulated with the RigSense well information and would have to be changed every day.
Clicking these header fields opens the Well Setup dialog. Changes made there are then carried
onto subsequent reports.
Note: Changing the RigSense well information does not update the IADC headers on
existing reports because these cells are only populated when a report is created.
www.nov.com
Page 140 of 332
Casing Information
The information in this section, with the exception of the Size and Type fields, is entered manually
and then copied to the Morning Report.
When the user clicks in the Size field, an Item List appears.
Select the appropriate size number and click Select to import to the tour sheet. Other options for
this screen are Add, Edit, Delete, Clear, and Cancel.
When the user clicks on the Type field, a drop-down menu appears.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 141 of 332
Wire Line Record
The information in this section is entered manually and then copied to the Morning Report.
Drilling Information
Information in this section may be either manually entered or imported using the Tools button.
Enter the Depth Interval and then import the rig data (i.e. rotary table speed, pump pressure, or
SPM) by clicking Tools > Import from Drilling Recorder. This populates the fields with average
on-bottom values for the channels in the entered depth range. The Liner Size will carry forward
from one report to the next.
www.nov.com
Page 142 of 332
Deviation Record
3 4
5
1
2 6
Note: The numbers above indicate the order of the surveys.
Six surveys per tour may be entered in the Deviation Record either manually or imported from the
deviation survey notes. The import feature identifies the deviation survey notes entered in the
system within the tour times on the payroll page.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 143 of 332
Activity Details
The first From cell is populated with the start tour time entered on the payroll page when the first
To cell is clicked.
 The second From cell will be automatically populated with the value entered in the first To
cell.
 A To time that matches the end tour time on the payroll page does not carry to the From
time in the next line.
 After the From and To times are entered, Elapsed Time is automatically calculated.
 Select the IADC code from the drop-down list in the Code No field that matches the current
activity. The codes are used in importing information into the Time Distribution Section.
When an IADC code is selected, its default description is automatically entered in the
Details and Remarks section where it can be edited.
Note: This section expands to accommodate entries as needed. If the amount of

information entered exceeds the space, a scroll bar appears on the right side.
Printed information that exceeds the space available on page two will be printed on an
IADC authorized addendum page.
www.nov.com
Page 144 of 332
Page Three
Header
Payroll (Night
Tour)
Payroll (Day
Tour)
Header
The Date, Well Name & No., and Rig No. information is imported from the header information on
page one. The Date field is locked, but clicking other fields opens the Well Setup dialog, allowing
them to be edited.
Company information is the contractor, which is also imported from Page One. Clicking it displays
the Well Setup dialog. The Tool Pusher sign off on Page One updates Tool Pusher field. See
"Page One" on page 129.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 145 of 332
Payroll
Complete the From and To tour time in this section first. This information carries forward to all
future reports for the current well. The employee section lists the employees working on the
current tour.
No. Days Since Last Lost Time Accident is a manual entry field that does not carry forward.
Caution: Typing the employee names and information manually may result in sign off
problems. Use Add Employees as described on page 146.
www.nov.com
Page 146 of 332
To import employee information from the Employee Info Report (see "Reports" on page 151), click
Tools > Add Crew or > Add Employees.
 Add Crew–Displays a list of the crews on the Employee Info report by order of crew number
and the Driller’s name. Select the crew number (or Driller name) and click Add to add the
Driller and all employees in the same crew to the payroll section on the IADC report.
 Add Employees–Adds a single employee from the employee list on the Employee Info
report to the payroll section. This option displays all of the employees listed on the employee
information report sorted by their last name. It is useful when an employee from another
crew needs to be added to the tour because of a work substitution.
 If an employee is not listed, click Add Employee from the Tools menu to load the Select
From List screen. Then click on the Update Employee Info Report button.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 147 of 332
 The Employee Info screen appears. Some contractors have employee lists. Others require
manual entry only. Import or enter the additional employee in the fields and then select the
Exit button. See "Employee Information Report" on page 153.
 The employee is now listed in the Select From List. To select all employees and load onto
the tour sheet, highlight the employees and select the Add Selected Employees/Crew
button. The Tour Sheet updates.
Note 1: The fields in green are required for the report logic, whereas fields in white are
informational and not required for the report to function.
Note 2: Once crew or employee names are imported, the Empl.ID.No. and Name fields
turn blue. This indicates that the fields are locked and cannot be edited.
www.nov.com
Page 148 of 332
 Clear Payroll–Clears all information from the tour payroll section.
Once the current tour employees are listed, the list can be modified.
Note: This section expands to accommodate entries as needed. If the number of

employees entered exceeds the space, a scroll bar appears on the right side.
Printed information that exceeds the space available on page two will be printed on an
IADC authorized addendum page.
To modify the employee list for the tour:
1. Click and drag across a row.
With the employee row highlighted, a tool bar appears on the right side of the table.
150
www.nov.com
7: Tour Sheet
Revision B
Page 149 of 332
2. Click Insert to place an empty row above the selected one;

Click Move to re-order the selected row; or
Click Delete to remove the selected row from the list.
Once the list is in the correct order, each employee listed completes the following fields:
 HRS–The number of hours worked on the current tour (the default is the number of hours for
the tour as set by the start/end tour times).
 Injured on This Tour (Yes/No)–Select whether injured during the tour.
 Initial–Enter the PIN to display initials in that field and lock the information (a locked row has
a gray background).
Depending on the options a company may have selected, it may be necessary to sign using
a signature pad. If so, when prompted, sign on the provided signature pad and click Accept
to save the signature to the IADC report.
Note: If employees are not available the Tool Pusher (or Rig Manager) can sign for
them.
All employees listed in a tour payroll section must be signed off before the Driller can
sign and lock the tour.
www.nov.com
Page 150 of 332
150
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 151 of 332
8: Reports
RigSense® 3.11 is equipped with a full feature Report Management System (RMS) that is
designed to save time with data entry and improve accuracy. Key features of the RMS include:
 Ability to auto-populate key fields based on information stored in RigSense.
 Capability to import key fields based on information managed by RigSense.
 Ability to cross-populate fields from one report to another to eliminate duplicate re-entering.
 Capacity (via Display Editor) to display the report in the manner that it will be printed.
 Capability to sign off a report (via Signature Pad and personal identification number (PIN)).
Tools
Report Type Functions Magnifying Glass
Main Screen
Features of the main Reports screen include:
Tools–Provides a list of the import options available. Accessible when a field on a report is
selected that supports data importing from RigSense or other reports in the system.
Zoom (magnifying glass icon)–Toggles between a report’s full page and a section view. Sections
that appear in blue have been populated with data. The color is only an indicator and is not printed.
Functions–Performs a specific task for the selected report type, such as saving and printing.
Report Type–Provides a list of available reports from which to select for this screen.
www.nov.com
Revision B 8: Reports
Page 152 of 332
Report Types
The list of report types depends on the contractor and can include:
 Morning Report–Provides an overview record made each
day of the operations on a rig.
 Bit Record Report–Provides a running list of the drilling
bits used to drill the current well and a summary of their
operating parameters and performance.
 Employee Info Report–Maintains a list of the current
employees. It is critical that the employee information report
is kept current for the other reports to work correctly.
 Summary Reports–Creates a PDF of stored tour sheet information for a selected time
range. Also accesses company-specific morning reports.
 Survey Ticket - e-Totco–Creates an online view of e-Totco survey data.
Morning Report
The Morning Report provides management with a daily overview of rig operations. The Morning
Report is auto-filled from the Tour Sheet, The Rig Direction Report, and the Well Setup screen.
Any cell that is green when selected directs the user back to that particular report. Any cell that is
shaded blue has information imported from other areas of RigSense. Any white cell must have the
information entered manually. Clicking a cell allows the user to see the source information for it.
1. Select Report Type > Morning Report or its tab to access the Morning Report
2. To create a new Morning Report, select Functions > Create.
3. Select a date from the Select Date window and press OK.
4. Click the magnifying glass to zoom and fill out fields. When done, select Functions > Save.
5. Any previous Morning Report can be accessed by selecting Functions > Load. A window
displays with the dates when it was issued. Select the date, and press OK.
158
www.nov.com
8: Reports
Revision B
Page 153 of 332
Employee Information Report
Employee Info screen

when the Employee Info Report
tab is selected.
Employee Info screen

when a cell is selected
to enter data.
This is a single-instance report (meaning there is one report for each well) that is created and
maintained throughout the duration of the well. After a well ends, the employee information report
is carried forward to the next well. This report enables a company to list the employees and enter
information pertaining to each employee to be restored in the database to populate specific fields
in other reports including the payroll sections of the tour sheet. Two common uses for this report
are payroll and safety reports. Employee information must be completed before attempting to sign
off a completed tour sheet.
 Click Functions to Save or Print the employee report.
 Click the magnifying glass to zoom in on the report and populate the fields.
 Click Tools to update the report header information.
 Click and drag on any row to launch a tool bar that allows row manipulations such as add,
delete, and move.
Completing an Employee Information Report
First and last name, job title, and a signature are required to correctly import the employee
information into the tour sheet. A signature is executed by entering a PIN assigned by the Tool
Pusher. If a signature pad is installed, employees sign their name on the signature pad when
prompted after entering their PIN.
Individuals who must sign off on any other report must first be on this employee list so they can
create their required password.
The Crew field is used to group employees together so they can easily be added to other reports.
To do this, enter the same crew number in the Crew field for each employee in the same crew. A
crew is tracked by the crew number assigned and the appointed Driller of that crew.
Double-click the Position field to select an Operator Representative, Company Man, Tool Pusher,
or Rig Manager from the drop-down list. For tour sheet sign-off purposes, leave the Crew field
blank for these four positions.
www.nov.com
Page 154 of 332
Bit Record Report

This standard report keeps a record of bits being used during the drilling process. Bit Record
information can be imported by the tour sheet and other reports.
 Click Functions to Save or Print the bit record.

 Click the magnifying glass to zoom in on the report and populate the fields.
 Click Tools to Clear Bit Record.
As bits are added and updated on the tour sheet, they are also automatically saved and updated
on the Bit Record Report. Use this report to print a list of bits for the current well or to update the
information on an old bit without having to locate its last tour sheet.
Note: All green fields in the Bit Record Report screen are directly tied to the IADC tour
sheet. In other areas of RigSense, green cells indicate mandatory data entry. In the Bit
Record Report, this is NOT the case. Since this reporting screen is tied directly to the tour
sheet, the more complete the information entered, the more complete the tour sheet.
158
www.nov.com
8: Reports
Revision B
Page 155 of 332
Summary Reports
Any number of summary reports can be generated for one well. Each report is created as a PDF
file (readable using Adobe® Acrobat® Reader®) that can be saved to the hard drive. These reports
are used to query well specific information within a selected time interval. The information is drawn
from the database populated by means of other report types.
Select Report Type by Date Interval, Current Well or Rig.
Report time range.
• Activity Log; see page 156.

• Well Activity Log; see page 156.
• Time Summary; see page 157.
• Deviation Survey; see page 157.
• Mud Report; see page 157.
• e-Totco Survey Ticket; see page 156.
To create a report:
1. Select a Report Type and the time range to include in the summary report.
2. Select to review Report Type by Date Interval, Current Well or Rig.
3. Select Create Report to start a new summary report from the information saved in the
database. The created report is a PDF file.
4. Select Print Report to display a window to save the PDF file. To obtain the normal options to
select a printer, click the Print icon.
www.nov.com
Page 156 of 332
Time Summary
The Time Summary provides an activity log or record of all the rig activities during the selected
date and time range. The information is pulled from the details section of the tour sheet.
Well Activity Log

The Well Activity Log reads the time distribution section of the tour sheet for the date selected,
creates a summary of the time spent on each IADC activity, and calculates the percentage of the
total time for each activity.
158
www.nov.com
8: Reports
Revision B
Page 157 of 332
Deviation Survey
The Deviation Survey creates a list of all the surveys entered on the tour sheets during the date
range specified.
Mud Report
The Mud Report creates a list of all the mud reports entered on the tour sheets during the date
range specified.
www.nov.com
Page 158 of 332
Survey Ticket e-Totco

The e-Totco Survey Ticket allows the user an online view of the e-Totco output survey data.
1. To load the e-Totco Survey Ticket, select Functions > Load.

The following window Select Report appears:
2. Select the Survey Date, then click OK.

3. The e-Totco Survey Ticket appears on the screen with the survey information filled out.
Additional comments can be added at this time in the Comments section of the ticket.
158
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 159 of 332
9: Tools
The RigSense® Tools tab provides access to tools that enable certain stations to adjust drilling
parameters and perform typical rig operational tasks. The Line Wear function uses monitored and
measured actual line wear values and a standard ton-mile formula to perform computations that
support decisions associated with cut and slip timing. RigSense 3.11 has both single-shot and
multishot survey capability to capture survey data while running into or out of hole. Other Tools
functions include an ROP Calculator that sets/calculates three average ROPs; Messages that
allow stations to communicate; and a Lag Samples function that enables lag sample notifications.
Tools Navigation
All screens accessed from the Tools tabs are discussed in this chapter.
See "Real Time Header" on page 47. See "Navigation Tabs" on page 73.
See "Footer" on Tools tabs

page 48.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 160 of 332
RigSense Station Permissions

Many of the functions available within the Tools tabs require permissions for user access, which
can be enabled or disabled at any time by a NOV-trained technician. By default, these permissions
are enabled to the displays commonly used by the Driller. 
All other stations, including the Application Server (AppSvr), have access permissions disabled by
default. For more information, see "Station Permissions" on page 27.
These access permissions affect the ability to manipulate functions such as the modification of
channel values like bit weight or differential pressure; or the calibration of depth and block height,
hook load, pump pressure, and rotary torque. Additionally, true vertical depth (TVD) survey
information can be viewed by all users, but survey management is limited by permissions. When
the proper permissions are granted, the same default functionality typically available to the Driller's
station is also available to the stations assigned to the Drilling Engineer, Rig Supervisor, and other
key rig personnel.
All historical well information can be viewed on the AppSvr. On other stations, these data are
viewable only for wells drilled by the same operator. Permissions-based access is a security
feature to prevent unauthorized acquisition of historical well information among different operators.
Driller Tools
The Driller Tools menu provides access to many adjustments the Driller makes in the typical daily
rig use of RigSense.
See "Set Weight on

Bit" on page 161.
See "Zero Gain/

Loss" on page 161.
See "Zero Strokes"

on page 161.
See "Clean Screen"

on page 161.
For more information on setting up the drillstring, see "Drill String Setup" on page 20.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 161 of 332
Set Weight on Bit

To correct the bit weight while drilling without picking up off bottom to zero WOB, click Set Weight
on Bit.
Click to enter the value from a touchscreen keypad.
Click to accept value and close dialog box.
Click to close dialog box without changes.

If off bottom, click to zero the WOB and close the dialog box.
Zero Gain/Loss
Click Zero Gain/Loss to view drill and trip channel information.
Click to zero Gain/Loss channel.
Click to zero gain/loss for trip tanks (Trip G/L).
Click to close the dialog box.
Zero Strokes
Click Zero Strokes to view stroke count for all pumps and zero the count any pump.
Click any ungrayed Zero button

to force the respective stroke
count channel back to zero.
Click to close the dialog box.
Clean Screen
Click Clean Screen to deactivate touch screen capabilities so the screen can be wiped with a rag.
A 20-second countdown informs the operator of remaining time before re-activation.
Double-click to return to operator screens

before the 20 seconds expires.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 162 of 332
System Tools
RigSense System Tools offers access to different utilities to configure and execute specific tasks.
See Chapter 12, titled See "Data Extract" below.
"Print Manager".
See Click to open a

"Manual" calculator. See
below. "Common Dialogs"
on page 46.
See "View Historical

Wells" on page 173.
Manual
Click Manual to open Adobe® Reader® and view the RigSense 3.11 User Manual.
Data Extract
Well data can be extracted from RigSense for a variety of purposes during and after a well has
been drilled. A data extraction should only be performed when rig activity is stable.
Note: The longer the current well has been monitored in RigSense, the more data has
accumulated in the data base, and thus the more time will be required to extract.
Click Tools > System Tools > Data Extract to begin.
Consider the warning, and:
• Click OK to continue or
• Click Exit to return to the
Tools menu.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 163 of 332
Time Data Extraction Setup

Select for LAS If not selected,
format, which the export will
contains minimal have a row for
header information every second
suited for optically between the
presented curves to selected start
chart drilling or well and end times.
logging data. If compress is
Otherwise, will selected, only
extract in CSV rows where
format, which can data changes
be viewed or exist will be
altered using represented.
common software Defined in detail
like Microsoft Excel. on page 170.
LAS and CSV definitions are discussed

further on top of page 169.
1. If the bottom of the window does not read “Extract by Time”, click Time/Depth.
2. Select the Start Time and End Time using the date and time dialog box that opens.
3. Click Target... and select a location for the data to be stored once it is extracted.
The Local Extract Folder 

is found in the
D:\EDRExtractFolder\
location.
Note: The extracted data files are located in: D:\EDRExtractFolder\.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 164 of 332
4. Click Extract Channels/Units to choose the channel information to extract.
Press the single left or right

arrows to move a highlighted
channel from one list to the
other.
Press the double left or right
arrows to move all the
channels between lists.
Press the single up or down
arrow to scroll through the
channel list; press the double
arrows to scroll by page.
Click Exit to close the window.
5. Select a channel to change its units, if desired.
Once a channel is selected,

the UnitGroup button will
become “ungrayed” and thus
will be selectable.
Click the UnitGroup button to

change the units for the
selected channel in Extract list.
6. When ROP - Cut Unit is highlighted and UnitGroup is clicked, the following list displays.
The units automatically selected for a

channel are its default units in the system.
The default units in the system will be automatically selected. This is true for any channel
selected to extract using Data Extract.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 165 of 332
7. To change the units for ROP - Cut Unit, simply select the desired units and click OK.
Select the desired units for ROP - Cut Unit

(here, Feet per minute is selected (ft/min)).
Click OK.
8. The selected channel and its new units display in the Data Extraction Channels dialog.
Once a channel’s units have

been changed, the new units
will display in the Extract list.
9. After all of the extracted channels have been moved and their units changed, if desired, then
click Exit to close the window.
Note: Bit Status and Hole Depth are required by the system for Time Extraction and are
already selected by default.
10. Click Extract in the Data Extraction dialog, and then OK to the confirmation message.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 166 of 332
Depth Data Extraction Setup
The depth units displaying on this

dialog will be those previously
configured for Hole Depth: either
English (feet) or metric (meters).
See page 163 for more

explanation on LAS Format.
1. If the bottom of the window does not display Extract by Depth, click the Time/Depth button.
2. Select the Start Depth and End Depth using the keypad that opens.
3. Click Depth Interval and select a depth increment value for the data extraction.
4. Click Target... and select a location for the data to be stored once it is extracted.
See step 3 in "Time Data Extraction Setup" on page 163.
5. Click Extract Channels/Units to choose the channel information to extract.
Press the single left or right
arrows to move a highlighted
channel from one list to the
other.
Press the double left or right
arrows to move all the
channels in one list to the
other list.
Press the single up or down
arrow to scroll through the
channel list.
Press the double up or down
arrow to scroll one page at a
time.
Click Exit to close the window.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 167 of 332
6. Select a channel to change its units, if desired.
Once a channel is selected,

the UnitGroup button will
become “ungrayed” and thus
will be selectable.
Click the UnitGroup button to

change the units for the
selected channel in Extract list.
7. When Bit Weight is highlighted and UnitGroup is clicked, the following list displays.
The units automatically selected for a

channel are its default units in the system.
The default units in the system will be automatically selected. This is true for any channel
selected to extract using Data Extract.
8. To change the units for Bit Weight, simply select the desired units and click OK.
Select the desired units for Bit Weight

(here, Pound is selected (lb)).
Click OK.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 168 of 332
9. The selected channel and its new units display in the Data Extraction Channels dialog.
Once a channel’s units have

been changed, the new units
will display in the Extract list.
10. After all of the extracted channels have been moved and their units changed, if desired, then
click Exit to close the window.
Note: For Depth Extraction, Hole Depth is also required and is already selected by default.
However, unlike Time Extraction, the system removes Bit Status by default.
11. Click Extract in the Data Extraction dialog, and then OK to the confirmation message.
Lagged Channel Extractions
When extracting data by time, lag-corrected channels are not an option. When extracting by
depth, specific channels from the selection list automatically use the RigSense lag setting
and display the lag-corrected values.
The specific channels are listed in and alongside the screenshot.
The lagged channels that can

be extracted by depth are:
• Hole Depth
• Methane (GW)
• Propane (GW)
• Total Gas (GW)
• Total Gas (ML)
• Total Gas Normalized
• WSGD Methane
• WSGD Propane
• WSGD Total Gas
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 169 of 332
Extracted Data Viewing

RigSense enables users to extract data into Log ASCII Standard (LAS) format, which is based on
standard ASCII code, containing minimal header information that is suited for optically presented
curves like those charting drilling or well logging data. The purpose of the LAS format is to supply
basic digital drilling or logging data to users in a structure that is quick and easy to use, read, and
distribute to other common simple computer tools such as a text editor or a word processor.
The user may also choose the default RigSense option to extract data into comma-separated
value (CSV) format, which generates three types of individual extract files: two CHANNEL named
files, one with an RRC file extension and the other with an RRH extension. The RRH files contain
information regarding the data extract, such as the Operator, Company, Well Name, Rig Name,
Location, Field, and Start and End times. The third file is named NOTES with an RRC extension,
which captures notes that users created during the time period of the data extraction. The RRC
files can be viewed or manipulated using other readily available software applications, such as
Microsoft Excel, discussed in the following sections.
Note: The extracted data files are found in the: D:\EDRExtractFolder\ 

location.
RRC files
The RRC files produced by RigSense can be viewed using Notepad. The files store extracted data
in a simple format. The first row in the file lists the name of each data channel contained in the file,
separated by a comma. The second row in the file lists the units of each data channel contained in
the file, separated by a comma. The third and all subsequent rows contain the actual values for
each data channel contained in the file.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 170 of 332
When extracting data into RRC files, RigSense lets the user choose between extracting data by
time or by (hole) depth. When extracting data by time, the file contains one row of values for each
time interval and shows data values changing each second over a period of hours, days, or weeks.
If the time interval spans more than one day, then RigSense breaks the RRC files into multiple
RRC files containing 24-hours of data. The RRC file name contains the date, start and end time of
the data contained within it.
When extracting time-based data from RigSense, the user has the option to compress the
generated RRC files. Compressed RRC files will not include repeated channel values. For
example, if the initial value for the Block Height channel is 89 feet, and the value does not change
for the next two hours, then 89 feet will appear at the beginning of the two hour interval, but will not
be shown again until it changes to a different value.
If the user chooses not to compress the data, then the RRC files will include a value for each
channel in every row of the file, even if the same value is repeated from one row to the next. If the
data will be used in another application, such as Microsoft Excel, then it is preferred not to
compress the data, because such applications do not process the compressed, or "exception-
based," data format.
When extracting data by depth, the file contains one row of values for each depth interval, showing
data values changing as hole depth increases over a given range. Unlike time-based data,
RigSense produces a single RRC file containing all of the data over the requested depth range.
The name of the RRC file will contain the start and end depth of the requested interval. When
extracting depth-based data from RigSense, the user does not have the option to compress the
data. Rather, every row will contain values for all requested data channels automatically.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 171 of 332
Using Excel
To view extracted data in Microsoft Excel, simply select the desired RRC file.
Once the file is selected, rename the file with the Excel extension of .CSV. Alternatively, the user
may right click on the file and use the Open menu to select a program with which to open the file.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 172 of 332
Then, double-click on the file. The data file will open as a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.
Now, having the data available in a spreadsheet enables it to be manipulated with all of the
flexibility and tools available in Excel.
For example, data can be plotted in charts within Excel. However, the user must exercise caution,
because RigSense is capable of producing extremely large quantities of data. As such, Excel may
run out of memory attempting to process data in such large quantities. Ideally, Excel should be
used to analyze small sections of data at a time.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 173 of 332
View Historical Wells

To view information on previous wells select Tools > System Tools > Historical Wells.
Select a well in the Historical Wells dialog and click the desired functional option:
 Drilling Data–Displays strip charts to view data from the selected well. See "Drilling Data"
on page 174.
 Reports–Displays the Reports dialog to generate reports for the selected well. See "Report
Types" on page 152.
 Print–Displays the Print Drill Log Task dialog to print drilling data by time or depth. See
"Drill Log" on page 292 in Chapter 12, "Print Manager."
 Close–Exits the Historical Wells dialog and returns to the Tool System Tools screen.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 174 of 332
Drilling Data
1. On the previous Historical Wells dialog, select a well in the list.
2. Click Drilling Data to view data from that well.
Click on a channel EZ view to

change the units or the bounds
on the strip charts.
See "Chart Bounds" on page 58.
Click Change Units to change the units

of the selected channel. See "Channel
1 2 3 4
Click a footer button to:

1. Select a linear or logarithmic scale (see "Channel
Configuration Footer" on page 60);
2. Replace the current channel with another one from a pop-up
selection list (see page 175);
3. Clear the channel; or
4. Close the channel configuration dialog.
Note: If Show TVD Ruler had been selected from Setup Charts, this screen will also display
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 175 of 332
5. The channel may be changed using the Select a Channel pop-up.
To change the channel displayed:

1. Click a channel EZ view on the Drilling Data screen.
2. Click Replace Chl in the channel configuration dialog footer.
3. Select a name from the Select a Channel list.
4. Click OK.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 176 of 332
Well Reports
1. From the Historical Wells dialog, select a current or past well from the list.
See "View Historical Wells" on page 173.
Note: A report created or sent from a historical well is associated to that specific past
well on WellData.net, rather than to the current active well.
2. Click Reports to open the Reports dialog for that well.
Select function
Select report type
3. Click Report Type and select a report from the menu to load or create.
4. Click Close to return to the Historical Wells dialog.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 177 of 332
Survey Timer
The survey timer notifies that a survey is being taken by logging the event with a note on the strip
chart. The dialog below allows the user to enter the time needed to drop the survey. Once the timer
has started, it is not necessary to stay on this dialog. A notification shows when the time is up.
1 Set the time required to drop a survey

using the minute and second arrows.
2 Click Start Timer. The selected time will
begin to count down until it gets to 0
minutes and 0 seconds.
Stop Timer can be clicked before the
countdown completes to pause the
process.


3 Enter the survey depth on the keypad

that displays and click Enter.
4 Enter the deviation in degrees on the
keypad and click Enter.
5 Enter the direction in degrees on the
keypad. Click Enter or Skip to close the
keypad.
6 Enter the TVD on the keypad. Click
Enter or Skip to close the keypad.
The information obtained is listed at the
bottom of the screen in a note field.
7 Click Enter Note to add the note to the
EDR screen strip chart.
Note: This information can be

imported to the tour sheet.
After performing the steps above and clicking the

Enter Note button, the survey information in this
field will display on the EDR screen strip chart.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 178 of 332
Line Wear
RigSense 3.11 measures multiple forces and activities being performed on the rig that allows it to
monitor and measure actual line wear on an event basis. These active measurements allow the
user to create alarms based on line wear. Using a standard ton-mile formula, measurements are
used to calculate cut and slip and line replacement values based on wear. This information may be
used to support decisions associated with the timing of cut and slip operations.
Click to enter a time period

as a reference point to
assess line wear.
The Daily Accum Wear
channel will reset.
The following are user-initiated functions that can be reset by clicking Reset. The user should be
aware that they do not reset automatically:
 Cut and Slip–Accumulated line wear since the last cut and slip operation was performed.
Click Reset to modify or zero the cut and slip value.
 Line Replaced–Accumulated line wear since the drilling line reel was replaced.
 Derrick Certified–Accumulated line wear since the last time the rigs derrick has been
certified. Again, click Reset to modify or zero this value.
 Start Trip–Accumulated line wear since the start of the tripping operation.
The following functions are time dependent; they are not user-modifiable:
 Last 24Hr Wear–Accumulated line wear in the last 24 hours.
 Daily Accum Wear–Accumulated line wear for the day from the selected Daily Ref Time.
 Prev Day Wear–Accumulated line wear of the previous day. This channel value is rolled
from the Daily Accum Wear channel value at the Daily Ref Time set above.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 179 of 332
Set Line Wear Alarms

Click on the Line Wear values to access and configure Alarm Settings and Change Units. For
more information about alarms, refer to the section titled "Alarm Settings" on page 57
Change Line Wear Units

Click Change Units to change the units for all channels displayed in the Line Wear screen. These
channels are grouped and will display in the units selected below.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 180 of 332
Average Rate of Penetration

The RigSense ROP calculator can set and calculate three average ROPs. Each ROP can be
averaged at a different base time, allowing ROP tracking over multiple periods or for a single user.
Click to calculate the ROP for the

selected Time/Depth range. 
The Calculation in Progress dialog
(shown below) will display.
Click to toggle between a Time or

Depth average ROP calculation.
Click each button to select the start

and end Time or Depth.
ROP Calculator
The ROP Calculator is a function that allows the overall ROP to be determined for a given time or
depth interval. In the time or depth interval selected, the ROP Calculator retrieves depth data from
the RigSense database. The drilled depth data from the database is then divided by the amount of
time the bit was on-bottom for the specified time or depth range. The resulting quotient is the
average ROP for the time or depth interval. Follow these steps to use the ROP Calculator:
1. Click Time/Depth to toggle between Calc By Time and Calc By Depth.
2. Click Start Time (or Depth) to enter desired start time (or depth).
3. Click End Time (or Depth) to enter desired end time (or depth).
Entering an ROP depth:
Entering an ROP time:
4. Click Calc. The Calculation in Progress dialog will appear then the calculated ROP displays.
Reset Average ROP
When reaching the target start time or depth, click the Reset # button to zero the ROP. An ROP
value is then calculated from the reset time/depth using on-bottom time and distance drilled.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 181 of 332
Messages
The RigSense messaging feature allows one user to communicate with another user or
workstation on the same network. One of the features, the Send Later feature, allows members of
one shift to leave messages for members of the following shift.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 182 of 332
Send a Message
To send a message:
1. Click Tools > Messages to open the Messages screen.
2. Click the Send To: ··· button to select the message recipient(s).
Click Exit
anytime to
return to
Messages
screen.
Select a name to move it from User to Send To list. To remove a Send To name, simply reselect it.
3. Click in the Message To Send text box and type the message or click ··· to open an on-
screen keyboard to enter the message.
4. Send the message immediately by clicking Send Now or Send Later to submit at a later
time indicated in the Time/Date dialog box (see page 46).
5. Click OK in the message sent confirmation.
Sender’s confirmation pop-up.
The screen for the message recipient will display a pop-up displaying the message.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 183 of 332
Review Received or Sent Messages

This section provides instructions to review both sent and received messages. 
To review received messages:
1. Click Tools > Messages to open the Messages screen.
2. Click to toggle the View Sent Messages button to review sent messages, or click it again to
View Received Messages.
3. Highlight a message in the list.
4. Use the up and down arrows to scroll through the received messages.
 View Selected–Displays the selected message so it can be read.
 Delete Selected–Erases the selected message.
 Delete All–Erases all messages listed.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 184 of 332
Reply to a Message
To reply to a message:
1. Click Reply to respond to the received message without leaving the current screen.
Received message pop-up.
Sender’s confirmation pop-up.
2. To respond to a previous message or if the user has already clicked OK, 

click Tools > Messages to open the Messages screen.
3. Highlight a Received Message in the list.
4. Use the up and down arrows to scroll through the received messages.
 Show Message–Displays the selected message so it can be read.
 Clear All–Erases all messages listed.
 Clear Selected–Erases the selected message.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 185 of 332
Lag Samples
Before viewing a lag sample grid, steps are necessary to set up and enable a notification method.
Lag Sample Notification

1. Click Tools > Lag Samples to access the following screen; then click Setup Notification.
2. Select one of four notification modes on the Sample Notification Setup screen:
None (Off); RigSense Lag; 3rd Party Lag Depth; or Time Delay.
Note: In the following lag setup procedures, the units for sample depth and interval can be
changed between English (feet) and metric (meters) in the Hole Depth calibration dialog.
Simply click a Hole Depth EZ view to display its calibration dialog, and click the Change
Units button. See "Channel Specific Controls" on page 59.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 186 of 332
3. To begin Sample Catching, the user must choose from one of the notification methods:
RigSense Lag–Uses annular velocity, time to surface, and strokes to surface to calculate
lag. This is the most accurate method RigSense uses to calculate lag when drilling with
mud. At minimum, RigSense Lag requires a Total SPM channel. This mode displays notes
and/or pop-up messages based on user-entered lead times, which gives the user advanced
warning for taking the sample.
3rd Party Lag Depth–This mode depends on lag time being calculated by a Mud Logger or
some other external source, and uses the lag depth received from that external source via
WITS. As each lag depth for the selected interval is received, a note or pop-up message
displays based on the notification method selected.
Time Delay–This is the time it takes for a sample to reach the surface, a number that does
not depend on pump strokes so it is suitable for drilling with air. However, it does assume a
constant annular velocity. If drilling stops, or the rate of the sample moving up the column
changes, this method becomes unreliable. When a depth interval is cut, a note displays on
the charts advising the user to take a sample at a particular time (Now + Time to Surface).
RigSense Lag Setup
1. Select the RigSense Lag button.
2. Enter the Next Sample Depth in feet (meters). To change units, see Note on page 185.
3. Enter the Sample Every interval.
4. Enter Lead Time in minutes. This is the number of minutes a notification is displayed before
the sample reaches the surface.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 187 of 332
5. Select a Notification Method:

 Chart Memo–Displays a message on the strip charts (similar to the Notes, see "Notes"
on page 88) that indicates in advance when to catch a sample.
 Popup Message–Sends a pop-up message to a specified user. A recipient must also
be selected, so click Select Popup Recipient to enter this information.
To send notifications as a pop-up message:
• Press the Popup Message selection button.

• Click Popup Recipient List to open the User List.
• Click on a user name to move it to the Send To column.
• Click Exit to close the dialog box.
6. Click the Setup RigSense Lag button.

If the pump setup information is accurate, and the bit diameter and pipe OD had been
entered correctly, then the lag time will calculate automatically if the user hasn’t by 300 ft
(~100 meters). See "RigSense Lag Autoconfiguration" on page 190.
If these values had not been entered, or if the automatic lag time calculation is
unacceptable, then the next screen allows the user to enter certain parameters from which
the lag time can be calculated more accurately.
The user may select the method used to calculate gas lag: Annular Velocity for a given
pump rate (SPM); Bottoms Up Time for a given pump rate; or Bottoms Up Strokes.
Depending on the calculation method selected, the user will be prompted to enter required
information in the keypad. For more information on each calculation method, see page 80.
Select the Setup Lag:
• Annular Velocity (Ft./min)
• Bottoms Up Strokes
• Bottoms Up Time (min)
Click ··· to enter the values
using this keypad.
7. Click Update and Exit to save and return to the Notification screen. Select Save and Exit
to view the Lag Samples screen.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 188 of 332
3rd Party Lag Depth Setup

1. Select the 3rd Party Lag Depth button.
2. Enter the Next Sample Depth in feet (meters). To change units, Note on page 185.
3. Enter the Sample Every interval.
4. Click Save and Exit to save and return to the Lag Samples screen, or Exit Without Saving
to return to the Lag Samples screen without saving changes.
Time Delay
1. Select the Time Delay button.
2. Select the Next Sample Depth in feet (meters). To change units, see Note on page 185.
3. Enter the Sample Every interval; enter Time Delay in minutes.
4. Click Save and Exit to save and return to the Lag Samples screen or Exit Without Saving.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 189 of 332
Lag Sample Grid

Click to sort by columns in the Lag Sample Grid screen. All the information calculated by the
RigSense Lag Samples function is displayed here.
Lag Sample Columns

 Depth–The depth that has already been drilled.
 Interval–The interval used for catching samples.
 Lag Strks–Actual number of strokes for the sample to reach the surface.
 Time LAG–The time it takes for the sample to reach the surface.
 Sample Due–The time that the sample taken is due to reach the surface.
 Sample Taken–Time the sample was taken by the operator.
 Total Gas (ML) Lag–Total gas as detected by a 3rd party gas detector.
 Total Gas (GW) Lag–Total gas as detected by the Gas Watch III gas detector.
 WSGD Total Gas Lag–Total gas as detected by the Wellsite Gas Watch Detector.
 Pump SPM–The pump rate when the sample was taken.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 190 of 332
RigSense Lag Autoconfiguration

RigSense will autoconfigure lag using annular velocity if the user has not configured it by 300 ft
(~100 m). Depending on if the user entered the correct pipe OD, bit diameter, and pump
displacement and efficiency required for the lag calculation, a pop-up and strip chart memo or note
will display indicating whether RigSense was able to autoconfigure lag.
The following chart memo and pop-up display if RigSense successfully autoconfigures lag.
These display with

successful RigSense
autoconfiguration.
The following chart memo and pop-up display if RigSense cannot successfully autoconfigure lag.
These display with

unsuccessful RigSense
autoconfiguration.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 191 of 332
True Vertical Depth and Survey

Management
RigSense 3.11 has the capability to calculate the true vertical depth (TVD) of the hole being
drilled. Because TVD varies from the measured depth (MD) in directional and horizontal drilling,
this value provides crucial information to optimize drilling efficiency and wellbore placement
accuracy in the target formation.
The Driller uses two primary depth measurements: TVD and MD. TVD is important for comparing
drilled formations with offset wells and in determining the bottomhole pressure (BHP). BHPs are
partly caused by the wellbore's hydrostatic head of which its calculation is based on TVD, rather
than MD. Otherwise, the Driller is primarily concerned with the actual hole measurement, or MD,
which determines drilling calculations like the length of pipe that will fit into the hole.
RigSense 3.11 also has the capabilities for certain users to manage the active or "approved"
surveys. Survey management activities can be completed through RigSense only with the
necessary permissions. This section provides information on survey review, survey permissions,
and instructions on how to use the full range of RigSense 3.11 TVD survey management controls.
The TVD Track only appears if configured in Setup

Charts. See "Display TVD Ruler" on page 69 for
more information.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 192 of 332
TVD Survey Review

Click Tools, then the TVD tab to access the TVD window shown below. This screen shows the
chart area and window display without survey management permissions. The following review
functionality is available through this window:
 Toggle between 3rd Party Survey information and RigSense survey data by clicking the
Show 3rd Party TVD button.
 If required, a user without permissions can also click Export to send the survey information
for review.
Click to toggle the view
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 193 of 332
Survey Management
The following sections provide instructions on how to use the full range of RigSense 3.11 survey
management controls.
TVD Configuration
The TVD Configuration option is only available with the correct system permissions. See the
section titled "RigSense Station Permissions" on page 160 for more information. If available, click
Configuration to access the following TVD configuration settings:
This button will display with

RigSense TVD Management
permissions.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 194 of 332
TVD Configuration Settings

The TVD Configuration dialog allows the user to change client RigSense TVD mode and
permissions. Refer to the section titled "TVD Edit Permissions" on page 195 for information on
TVD client-specific permissions.
Default settings are shown.
 Enable RigSense TVD–This default TVD mode allows TVD information to be visible within
RigSense.
 Enable Third Party TVD–This TVD mode allows Third Party TVD information to be visible
within RigSense.
 Auto Approve WITS Input–The default setting is to auto-approve WITS input.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 195 of 332
TVD Edit Permissions

Provides the option to allow or limit the clients with configuration privileges. The default setting is
No Clients.
If Single Client is selected, the following dialog allows the user to select a client from a list. 
The Single Client or All Clients selection allows the Enable Edit Mode button to be visible in the
main TVD chart area, shown below.
Refer to the section titled "Enable Edit Mode" on page 196 for more information.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 196 of 332
Enable Edit Mode

The following additional Edit Mode selections are available with the appropriate TVD edit
permissions.
These buttons will not be

active until at least one
survey is made.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 197 of 332
View All–Views approved and unapproved surveys in the RigSense TVD chart area and within the
TVD Track throughout RigSense.
View Approved–Views only approved surveys in the RigSense TVD chart area and within the
TVD Track throughout RigSense.
Export–Allows the user to save the exported values of the selected surveys to an LAS, .CSV, or
.TXT file for further review. See the section titled "Import/Export Survey Data" on page 200.
Commit from Edit Mode– Exits from edit mode, returning to the simplified view with the option to
modify Configuration, Export or Enable Edit Mode.
Add Survey– Provides a dialog to add survey information with the following data, Survey Depth
(ft), Inclination (deg), and Azimuth (deg). From the Add Survey screen the user may Save and
Approve the entered information or Cancel. To add a survey, see the section titled "Add or Edit
Survey" on page 198.
Edit Survey–Edit a highlighted survey in the RigSense TVD chart area by selecting Edit Survey.
The same options as in Add Survey are available to change Survey Depth (ft), Inclination (deg),
and Azimuth (deg). From the Edit Survey screen the user may Save and Approve the entered
information or Cancel. To edit a survey, see the section titled "Add or Edit Survey" on page 198.
Delete Survey(s)–Allows the user to delete a single survey or multiple highlighted surveys.
Action by Source–Provides a menu selection to choose the source of survey data and
automatically Approve, Unapprove, or Delete based on the input method. To edit surveys by
source, see the section titled "Approve or Unapprove Surveys" on page 203.
Approve–Allows the user to approve the selected survey.
Unapprove–Enables the user to remove approval of a previously approved survey. Click View All
to see both approved and unapproved surveys.
Import–Allows the import of survey data from an LAS, .CSV, or .TXT file. See the section titled
"Import/Export Survey Data" on page 200.
Cancel Edit–Cancels the current changes made through the Edit Mode. The RigSense TVD chart
contents will revert to its original display.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 198 of 332
Cancel from Edit Mode

To stop editing, or cancel changes click the Cancel Edit button. Navigate away from the TVD
dialog to also cancel changes.
Add or Edit Survey

Click Add Survey or Edit Survey as required. If Edit Survey is selected, these fields will contain
values for the selected survey.
Click Save & Approve

when new survey
information is added or
when changes are
complete.
Click Save & Approve when all values are entered.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 199 of 332
The approved survey appears in the RigSense TVD chart area, as shown in the following figure.
These buttons will be active

when a survey has been
performed.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 200 of 332
Import/Export Survey Data

Click Import or Export Survey to access the following dialog. The bottom right of the window will
prompt to Open if importing or Save when exporting survey data.
Click Open or Save as

required.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 201 of 332
When importing a survey, the Import Wizard appears to identify the imported Survey Depth,
Inclination, and Azimuth columns and settings. An example of import settings for a .CSV file are
shown in the following figure.
To import the data:

1. Select the right or left arrow to correctly identify the Survey Depth, Inclination and
Azimuth entries.
2. Choose from the Delimiting character selections. Comma is shown selected in the
following figure.
3. Choose a row to begin the import by clicking the right or left arrow in the Start import at row
field.
4. When all settings are complete, click OK. A notification message will appear when the
values were successfully imported.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 202 of 332
Approve or Unapprove All Surveys by Source

Click Action by Source to Approve or Unapprove surveys based on input method. To review the
steps to approve or unapprove individual surveys, see "Approve or Unapprove Surveys" on page
203.
The following input methods may be available:
 Manual–Select the Manual source to change all manually entered surveys to either
Unapprove or Approve status. The changed status will be reflected in the RigSense TVD
chart area.
Note: The following Inactivity Timeout Warning will appear if the system remains in Edit Mode for more
than 30 minutes. Click OK to acknowledge the timeout warning. Another notification will appear stating
that all modifications have been canceled.
Click OK for each of these

messages.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 203 of 332
Approve or Unapprove Surveys

Note: The approved list of surveys is available within WellData WITSML via the
Trajectory object.
To Approve or Unapprove surveys, 

follow the steps below.
1. Highlight some or all surveys and click the button, or follow the
previous procedure to modify surveys by source.
2. Highlight rows or individual surveys taken during the appropriate conditions.
Click the button.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 204 of 332
e-Totco
RigSense 3.11 supports both single-shot and multishot e-Totco® surveys for optimized controlled
vertical drilling. Multishot capability enables multiple—up to 64—inclination measurements per trip,
reducing the time and associated costs when performing directional surveys. Prior to running any
e-Totco survey, the tool and reader clocks are synchronized. While the tool is being run into or
pulled out of hole, it continuously captures survey data at 30-second time-stamped intervals.
e-Totco Survey - Single Shot

Select Tools > e-Totco, confirm the tool is connected before surveying, and follow these steps:
1. Remove the e-Totco tool from the storage block.
2. Insert the tool into the tool docking port.
3. There will be a delay of about 10 seconds while the tool is being read.
4. Click the Setup Tool button.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 205 of 332
5. Remove the tool from the docking port, attach its end cap and insert it in the Go-Devil barrel.
Lower or drop the barrel with the tool to the planned survey depth.
6. After the tool has reached its target depth, click the Take Survey button.
Note: If the user decides not to run the e-Totco survey, the user may click Cancel at
any point during the survey operations.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 206 of 332
7. Wait 60 seconds to complete the survey.
The remaining
survey time
displays.
8. If the user is satisfied with the survey, click the Approve Survey Depth button.
Note: The user may correct the survey depth before approving the survey. Click the
button to the right of the Survey depth window and enter the corrected depth.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 207 of 332
9. The following screen will appear, providing the user with the options to insert the tool to read
the current survey data or continue with a multishot run.
10. For a multishot survey, proceed to step 13 on page 208. For a single-shot survey, retrieve the
Go-Devil barrel and remove the tool and its end cap. As the screen instructs, insert the tool
back into the tool docking port to read the recorded data.
11. Once the tool is inserted into the docking port and the survey has been read, the survey grid
will show the survey taken during the current surveying operations. After the required survey
has been confirmed and the data have been verified, a survey ticket may then be created.
For this particular single-shot example, only one survey was taken so there is just one item
on the survey grid. Click on the column headings to change the sort order. Verify the survey
data and click the Create Survey Ticket button.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 208 of 332
12. A survey ticket is created. Comments and a signature may now be added to the report.
e-Totco Survey - Multishot

13. Follow the instructions for a single-shot survey ("e-Totco Survey - Single Shot" on page 204).
If a multishot survey was needed instead a single-shot, then after the previous survey depth
had been approved, the next screen appears. Click the Take Additional Survey button.
14. At this point, the Run Survey screen on page 205 will display, and the user should continue
with steps 6 - 9 until all of the desired surveys have been taken.
15. After the required surveys have been taken, retrieve the Go-Devil barrel and remove the tool
and its end cap. As the screen instructs, instead of taking an additional survey, insert the tool
back into the tool docking port to read the recorded data.
16. Once the tool is inserted into the docking port and the surveys have been read, the survey
grid will show all surveys taken during the current multiple surveying operations.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 209 of 332
17. At this time, the user may delete the surveys he or she desires by scrolling with the up and
down arrows to the right and clicking the Delete button. After the surveys have been
confirmed and the data have been verified, a survey ticket may then be created.
For this particular multishot example, three surveys were taken so there are three items on
the survey grid. Click on the column headings to change the sort order. Verify the survey
data and click the Create Survey Ticket button.
18. A survey ticket is created. Comments and a signature may now be added to the report.
See "Survey
Ticket e-Totco" on
page 158 for more
information.
The user may view/print e-Totco reports for past wells by clicking Report Type in either the
Tools e-Totco screen or the main Reports screen, and then selecting 
Survey Ticket- e-Totco.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 210 of 332
Toolface
The Toolface screen is an optional feature that provides real-time directional survey information
and survey notes for more precise directional and horizontal drilling. For information on having this
feature added/enabled, please contact the local NOV IMO location.
Directional drilling utilizing a downhole motor or rotary steerable system (RSS) requires accurate
downhole survey data to direct the drill bit along the target well path. Depending on the drilling
situation, survey measurements can be taken with either magnetic or gravitational orientation
references. Magnetic is referenced due north, used for vertical drilling. Gravitational is referenced
to the high side of the borehole, utilized while drilling directional and/or horizontal wellbores.
RigSense receives these magnetic and gravitational measurements, along with inclination and
azimuth, from the measurement-while-drilling (MWD) tool, and then plots them on the Toolface dial
(see "Toolface Dial" on page 211). This enables the directional Driller to monitor in real time the
current wellbore path and compare this actual vs. planned until the target is reached.
The Toolface screen reduces the need for redundant displays, and can be viewed on any onsite
RigSense station. If Toolface is available, then its tab is selectable under Tools. Otherwise, it is
grayed out. The initial Toolface screen populated with incoming MWD data is shown.
Four EZ views of which channels can be customized.
Click a button to
perform a task:
Messaging; see
page 214.
Setup Toolface;
Toolface see page 212.
Dial
Setup Charts; see
page 215.
Plot Method; see
page 215.
Survey
Gamma Ray and
Grid
Gamma Depth;
see below.
The Toolface screen contains one strip chart that may display one to four channels, which can be
plotted by time or depth, the default being a time plot of three channels, Bit Weight, Diff. Press. and
Gamma Ray (Gamma Ray (offset) if plotting by depth); with their corresponding EZ views.
Toolface offers the display of gamma ray data according to the user preference. Gamma ray is a
widespread measurement of a subsurface formation's natural emission of radioactive elements.
Different lithologies naturally transmit differing amounts of radioactivity, so gamma ray logs can
help differentiate between reservoir and non-reservoir rock like sandstone and shale. For example,
offset gamma ray plotting offsets the real-time gamma ray values to the depth where the tool
actually is located in the bottomhole (BHA), provided through the Gamma Ray (offset) channel
(displaying Gamma Ray on the strip chart by depth rather than time). The Gamma Depth channel
is the difference in depths between the gamma ray tool location and the bit position.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 211 of 332
Toolface Dial
The Toolface dial shows the direction where the downhole motor or RSS is oriented while drilling
directional or horizontal boreholes. Though measurements can be referenced either due north
(magnetic) or to the top of the drilled borehole (gravitational), they will generally be the latter for
directional drilling applications.
These magnetic and gravitational measurements transmitted from the MWD tool are displayed as
yellow and orange arrows, respectively, in the Toolface dial, and their specific values at their survey
depths (SvyDepth) can be viewed in the underlying survey grid, which uses the same color coding
(see below). The MWD transmitted inclination (Inc°) and azimuth (Azm°), or direction, are also
listed, along with the dog leg severity (DLS) calculation.
After setting up Toolface and upon having incoming data, the Toolface screen displays.
Note: Only WITS survey data is

used to populate the Toolface dial.
This Toolface dial has the seven default

rings, with the most recent measurement
indicated on the outside edge and listed in
the top of the underlying survey grid.
This RT button displays

the most recent surveys
in the grid.
These are all gravitational

measurements because the
inclination (Inc°) is greater
than the user-entered
threshold. Thus, the arrows
on the Toolface are orange.
A blank toolface dial and survey grid indicates that RigSense is

not receiving MWD data. If the user is presented with this screen,
then contact NOV Support.
Note 1: Toolface dial syncs with the survey grid only when it’s setup for WITS source data.
Note 2: Toolface will change every time its applicable WITS data information is updated.
Note 1: The most recent survey data are plotted on the outside edge of the Toolface dial
and listed on top of the survey grid.
Note 2: The toolface and survey grid measurements are color coded, with yellow denoting
magnetic and orange, gravitational.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 212 of 332
Setup
Toolface provides directional information for a downhole motor or RSS’s orientation while drilling
directional or horizontal boreholes, using measurements having magnetic and/or gravitational
reference points. The Setup Toolface dialog enables the user to configure the Toolface, including
setting the data ring number, the trigger point threshold, and the data source for survey grid data.
Click the Toolface Setup button to display the Setup Toolface dialog.
The Number of Rings allows the user to adjust the
toolface to display from one to ten rings of data, with the
most recent measurement on the outside edge.
Toolface Threshold allows the user to set a trigger point
for magnetic vs. gravitational references.
The user may select the data source for the survey grid.
For Toolface information based on WITS data, keep the
default WITS selection. For information based on user-
approved survey notes, select Notes.
Based on the previous data source selection, click Surveys

to view the survey grid. See "Surveys" on page 213.
Number of Dial Rings/Toolface Threshold

On the previous setup dialog, the user may select the Number of Rings and Toolface Threshold.
Enter the inclination threshold at

which magnetic orientation
supersedes gravitational. This will
apply to all rig displays.
Select the number of data rings;

seven rings is the default. This is
local setting, it will apply to the
current station.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 213 of 332
Surveys
Surveys are logged in the table or grid underneath the toolface dial. RigSense 3.11 allows the
option to sort surveys by time or by depth. The survey grid includes the following:
• SvyDepth: Survey depth • MTF: Magnetic toolface

• Inc°: Inclination • GTF: Gravity toolface
• Azm°: Azimuth • DLS: Dogleg severity
• TVD: True Vertical Depth
Survey data can be tabulated in Toolface grid (page 210) based on either Notes or WITS:
 Notes Survey Data–Displays surveys entered as the canned note, Deviation Survey.
 WITS Survey Data–Displays a grid of surveys that WITS sends to RigSense, showing the
most recent eight taken but allowing to scroll through older surveys using the arrow buttons.
Note: Some companies using this software allow sending only approved surveys.
Clicking Surveys in the Setup Toolface dialog (page 212) displays this Toolface Surveys dialog.
This dialog is used to review, add, edit, print, and/or export approved surveys. Note-based surveys
are typically referred to as approved. A user can add or edit a survey ONLY if Notes is the data
source. After the survey addition or change, the associated Note will also update.
With a WITS data source, a survey cannot be added or edited through Toolface.
The most recent survey is listed at the top of the survey grid in the Toolface Surveys dialog.
WITS is the data source for this survey grid.
Click the following buttons

to:
• Print the displayed survey

grid, see Chapter 12,
titled "Print Manager", or
• Export its data into CSV
files to the location:
D:\EDRExtractFolder\,
see "Extracted Data
Viewing" on page 169.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 214 of 332
WITS-Based Surveys
Recall that only WITS survey data is used to populate the toolface dial. The WITS channels that
are required for these Toolface surveys are listed below:
WITS ID Record Item Number Variable Description

7 8 Svy Depth
7 4 Svy Number
7 13 Svy Inclination
7 15 Svy Azimuth
7 16 Svy Magnetic Toolface
7 17 Svy Gravity Toolface
7 20 Dog Leg Severity
Messaging
The user has the ability to message directly from the Toolface screen. The RigSense messaging
feature allows one user to communicate with another user or station on the same network.
Messaging usage from this
screen will be mainly for sending
a message to a remote
Directional Driller.
Simply click the Messaging

button on the Toolface screen to
display this Messaging dialog.
For more information, see

"Messages" on page 181.
216
www.nov.com
9: Tools
Revision B
Page 215 of 332
Setup Charts
The user can also setup charts in a manner similar to other screens containing strip charts.
Clicking the Setup Charts button
displays the Setup Charts dialog.
Because the Toolface screen has

only one strip chart, there is just
one EZ view column, compared
to three columns for the EDR drill
screen’s Setup Charts dialog.
See "Setup Charts" on page 61.
The user may change the pen

number from one to four drilling
channels, adding the same
number of EZ views below. See
"Single or Multiple (>2) Pen Chart
Display" on page 62.
Plot Method
The plot method may be changed directly from the Toolface screen to plot by time or depth.
Clicking the Plot Method button displays this dialog.

Click to plot strip charts in time increments (default).
Click to plot strip charts in depth increments.
The darker colored button signifies whether the strip chart data is
plotted by time (Plot by Time) or by depth (Plot by Depth).
See "Plotting By Depth or Time" on page 71.
www.nov.com
Revision B 9: Tools
Page 216 of 332
216
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 217 of 332
10: Setup
The RigSense® 3.11 setup screens provide the Driller and other users with access rights the
capabilities to set up functions for the user interface, the rig, and the well, both current and past.
Setup Navigation
All of the screens accessible from the Setup tabs are discussed in this chapter.
See "Real Time Header" on page 47. See "Navigation Tabs" on page 73.
See "Footer" on page 48. Setup tabs
www.nov.com
Revision B 10: Setup
Page 218 of 332
RigSense Setup
Changing certain options and parameters available in the RigSense Setup section will affect all
RigSense clients on location, while others will only affect a single client.
Select an option by
clicking on the desired
button.
The options available in the RigSense Setup screen within the Affects all clients section are
discussed in the following sections:
 WOB Options–see "WOB Options" on page 219.
 Torque Options–see "Torque Options" on page 219.
 ROP Options–see "ROP Options" on page 220.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 219 of 332
WOB Options
This window allows the Driller to control the conditions when weight on bit (WOB) is displayed.
When selected, WOB displays independently of pumps running. This selection can be used
to show drag while tripping or sliding by displaying negative bit weights.
The selection shown

indicates the system’s
default display.
When selected, WOB

displays only when Bit status
channel is on bottom.*
When selected, WOB is
displayed only when SPM is
greater than zero. When SPM
is zero, WOB also is
displayed as zero.
When selected, WOB displays only when Bit status

channel is on bottom* and if SPM is greater than zero.
* When the Bit Position equals the Hole Depth means that the Bit Status channel will display On Bottom.
Torque Options
This window allows the Driller to control the conditions when torque is displayed, which can be
helpful for rigs in which one motor runs both the rotary table and the drawworks.
When selected, torque is displayed only when RPM is greater than zero, or when the rotary
table is rotating. When RPM is zero, torque also is displayed as zero.
The selection shown

indicates the system’s
default display.
Click to close the

dialog box.
When selected, torque displays independently of rotating status.
www.nov.com
Page 220 of 332
ROP Options
The ROP Options section allows the Driller or other user with proper permissions to control the
ROP value displayed when the drillstring is picked up off bottom:
 Zero ROP - Displays a zero ROP value

when off bottom. Note: These two ROP options apply to the
ROP-Average and ROP-Cut Unit
 Hold Last Value - Displays and holds the
channels ONLY IF Display Fast ROP is
last ROP value when off bottom.
unselected in the dialog below.
 Display Fast ROP - Displays Fast-ROP values when off bottom. Otherwise, the displayed
ROP value is based on the left hand settings. Fast ROP is the only time-based ROP
calculation, so it is the only ROP channel that continues to calculate rate when tripping in
and out of the hole. If tripping out, a negative Fast ROP value will display.
Graphical User Interface (GUI) Format

For the current client only, the user may select either a GUI format or an alternate screen format.
Information about the available GUI formats can be found in their respective sections:
 An integrated rig information system (IRIS) format; see "IRIS GUI Format" on page 221.
 The standard RigSense interface; see "Screen Terms and Functions" on page 45.
 Another electronic drilling recorder (EDR) screen; see "Alternate EDR Screen" on page 222.
See "IRIS GUI Format" on page 221 for details.
See Chapter 3, titled "Menus and Tools" for details.
See "Alternate EDR Screen" on page 222 for details.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 221 of 332
IRIS GUI Format

Selecting the IRIS GUI format changes the header, footer, and the EDR screen layout on every
screen. For example, an alternate, six EZ-view header replaces the real-time header that displays
on the standard RigSense EDR Drill screen.
Despite these layout differences, the EZ views, data recorder, and strip charts of the IRIS GUI
format have the same functionality as those of the default RigSense screen.
Alternate header displays on all screens,
see "Alternate Header" on page 48.
See "Setup
Charts" on
page 61.
See "Plotting
By Depth or
Time" on
page 71.
IRIS GUI footer buttons retain functionality, see:
• Set Depth/Bit, see "Set Depth/Bit Position" on page 48.

• Zero Bit Wt, "Zero Bit Wt" on page 51.
• Zero G/L, "Zero Trip GL" on page 51.
• Horn is On/Off, see "Horn is On/Off" on page 51.
• Alarms, see "Alarm" on page 52.
• Pipe Tally, see Chapter 11, titled "Pipe Tally".
www.nov.com
Page 222 of 332
Alternate EDR Screen

Pressing the Alternate Main EDR Screen button simplifies the layout of the EDR-Drill screen. All
other screens remain unchanged.
The EZ views, data recorder, and strip charts have the same functionality as the standard EDR
Drill screen (see "Screen Terms and Functions" on page 45 and "Strip Charts" on page 55).
 TALLY–Select to display the default RigSense Pipe Tally screen. See "Pipe Tally Interface"
on page 270.
 TOOLS–Select to display the default RigSense screens with the Tools tabs open. See
"Tools Navigation" on page 159.
 SETUP–Select to display the default RigSense screens with the Setup tabs open. See
"RigSense Setup" on page 218.
 DATA–Select to display the default RigSense EDR Circulate screen. See "Circulate" on
page 77.
 SETUP CHARTS–Select to display the Pen Configuration screen. See "Setup Charts" on
page 61.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 223 of 332
Other RigSense Setup Functions

Again, for the client only, RigSense 3.11 allows the user to make changes to the language setting,
Alt. Views tab configuration and workstation name. By selecting the respective button, the user
can change the current language to one of the available languages; customize the screens
accessible via the Alt. Views tab; and modify the name of the current workstation.
Click to select another language; see

"Select Language" below.
Click to edit/change Alt. Views tabs; see

"Edit Alt. Views Tabs" on page 224.
Click to configure pen and note colors; see

"Configure Note and Pen Colors" on page 225.
Click to change the workstation name; see
"Change Workstation Name" on page 226.
Note: The three tabs described pertain to the current client only as they are located
within the This client only window on the left side of the RigSense Setup screen.
Select Language
Click Language to display a screen that allows the user to select another language.
• Select the desired Language from the list.

• Click OK to accept the change and close box.
• Click Cancel to close the box without changes.
www.nov.com
Page 224 of 332
Edit Alt. Views Tabs

Click Edit “Alt. Views” Tabs to customize the tabs and thus the screens accessible via the Alt.
View (AV) tab. Select the desired action from the left buttons, and follow the instructions displayed
on the screen to their right. Click Exit for the previous screen.
• Click the desired action reconfigure the AV tabs.
• Follow the screen’s displayed instructions.
Keypads or keyboards may

display if an action requires
Press arrows up or down information to be entered.
for additional AV tabs.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 225 of 332
Configure Note and Pen Colors

RigSense 3.11 allows the configuration of notes and pen colors for easier readability.
Select from the following settings to change notes, notes that overlap, and the color of each pen.
www.nov.com
Page 226 of 332
Change Workstation Name

Click Change Workstation Name to view controls to change the current workstation name.
Changing the workstation (WS) name

helps identify the location of the machine.
For example, identifying it as Company
Representative or Mud Logger.
• Click for the keyboard pop-up.

• Enter the desired WS name.
• Click OK to change the WS name.
• Click Cancel to keep the same WS name.
A pop-up will confirm that the WS

name has updated.
The new WS name will appear in

other functional areas of RigSense,
such as messages.
See "Messages" on page 181.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 227 of 332
Rig Calibration
The Rig Calibration screen provides the options to perform rig calibration tasks. The items shown
in the figure are listed below and described in the following sections.
Note: A strip chart note will appear to designate the calibration activity.
 Set Block Height–see "Depth Calibration" on page 228.

 Set Hook Load–see "Set Hook Load" on page 236.
 Set Pump Pressure–see "Set Pump Pressure" on page 237.
 Set Rotary Torque–see "Set Rotary Torque" on page 238.
 Set Top Drive Torque–see "Set Top Drive Torque" on page 238.
Caution: Specific instructions are given on screens for setting Pump Pressure, Rotary
Torque and Hook Load. The user is advised to carefully follow all these instructions!
www.nov.com
Page 228 of 332
Depth Calibration
The following describes how to perform a full or single-point calibration of the block height for
crown or drawworks encoders. A single-point calibration is also called a one-point calibration and a
full calibration is also called a three-point calibration for a drawworks encoder.
Note: The user should perform a single point calibration only if a full calibration
already has been performed.
After the initial full calibration, do not attempt to perform a subsequent one unless
tracking hole depth incorrectly after a single-point calibration.
To view the depth calibration dialog, click Setup > Rig Calibration > Block Height.
The following dialog displays.
Possible Block Height Errors

Errors may occur if the steps on the next pages are not followed when performing a single or full
block height calibration. See the same subject in Chapter 13, titled "Troubleshooting".
Block height calibration errors may also result if a DAQ communication failure has occurred or if an
incorrect 3rd party block height value has been supplied.
 For a DAQ communication failure, the following instructions apply:
 Verify the coaxial cable is connected to the AppSvr, and the serial cable is connected to
the Driller’s computer.
 Reboot the system and contact an NOV-trained technician if still unresolved.
 For a 3rd party supplied block height, the following guidelines apply:
 NOV personnel do not calibrate 3rd party-supplied block height, as these values are
imported “as is” into RigSense.
 If such imported block heights are incorrect, contact technical support of either NOV or
the 3rd party.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 229 of 332
Perform a Full Block Height Calibration

To perform a full calibration, check the Full Calibration box and click the Continue tab.
A warning dialog appears, providing the opportunity to cancel because performing a full calibration
will delete the current depth calibration settings.
If the user wants to continue performing a full calibration, click Continue.
www.nov.com
Page 230 of 332
The Block Height Calibration dialog is used to begin a full block height calibration.
Change these values by clicking ···

and using the keypad that displays.
Change Counts Per Wrap Change EDMS Lines Strung

only when instructed by an only when the number of lines
NOV-trained technician. strung on a rig has changed.
To reset the Encoder Type, click the Change

button. The screen below appears, which allows for
Encoder Type changes to be made.
Select Drawworks or Crown for

Encoder Type and select OK.
For this example, Crown is selected for

the Encoder Type.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 231 of 332
Note: The EDMS Lines Strung must match the Lines Strung in DAQ. If they do not
match, the following dialog appears:
Based on the descriptions, select

the button that matches the rig’s
current lines strung.
Or, click Cancel to exit with no
changes.
To continue performing a full calibration, click Continue on the Block Height Calibration screen
(see page 229). The First Layer Change dialog appears.
Click Restart to return to the Block Height Calibration dialog (see page 229) or Cancel to cancel
the calibration. To proceed with performing the full calibration, follow the instructions on the dialog
and enter the correct block height by clicking the ··· button and using the keypad that appears on
the dialog. The dialog shows the new block height and an Accept button appears.
Click the Accept button to initiate the calibration. After clicking Accept, a message appears
advising to not move the blocks.
Caution: After clicking Accept, the blocks must NOT be moved while the calibration is
being saved.
www.nov.com
Page 232 of 332
The Second Layer Change dialog appears. Follow instructions; enter the correct block height.
Click the Accept button to initiate the calibration. After clicking Accept, a message appears
advising to not move the blocks. If the encoder type was crown, the screen appears with a Finish
button and a message saying that the calibration is now complete. If it was drawworks, the
program progresses to Third Layer Change dialog (see page 232).
Caution: After clicking Accept, the blocks must NOT be moved while the calibration is
being saved.
If crown, a Finish button appears along with a message advising that the calibration is complete.
Click the Finish button to exit. The full calibration now is complete for the crown encoder.
If drawworks had been selected for the Encoder Type on the Block Height Calibration dialog
(see page 230), then a third calibration point still will be required for a full calibration.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 233 of 332
For a drawworks encoder type, the Third Layer Change dialog appears. Follow the instructions,
enter the correct block height, and click Accept.
The same message as in the first calibration point will then appear advising that the blocks MUST
NOT be moved while the calibration is in progress.
Caution: For all calibrations points of a single or full calibration, a message appears
advising that the blocks must NOT be moved while the calibration is being saved.
The Finish button appears along with a message advising that the calibration is complete.
Click the Finish button to exit. The full calibration now is complete for the drawworks encoder.
www.nov.com
Page 234 of 332
Perform a Single Point Calibration

If a full calibration has been performed and the user wants to perform a single point calibration,
proceed to the first EDMS Calibration dialog, select the Single Point Calibration box and click
the Continue tab.
Note: The single point calibration is the same for both the crown and drawworks encoders.
Move the drill line position on the drawworks to the selected layer change. The user may select
either the first or second layer for the single point calibration.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 235 of 332
After clicking Continue, a screen will appear that allows the user to either accept the current block
height or enter a new block height.
If the user wants to accept the current block height value, click Accept Current Block Height.
If the user wants to enter a new block height, click Enter New Block Height (see previous screen)
and enter a new value in the pop-up keypad.
The left screen will appear, which

instructs the user to not move the blocks
or leave the screen until the new Block
Height value is displayed.
After the block height has updated

with the new value, the user may click
the button to exit.
The user must wait until the new value for Current Block Height appears on the screen before exiting
the screen. The single point calibration of block height now is complete.
www.nov.com
Page 236 of 332
Set Hook Load

This window allows the Driller to set both high and low hook load calibration values. Follow the
instructions on the screen and enter the values for both the highest and lowest practical loads on
the sensor for both the Current HIGH Cal Point and Current LOW Cal Point.
Pick up the highest practical load with

the block, wait for the sensor to stabilize,
enter the current high Hook Load value,
and click Set High to set the current
high Hook Load calibration point.
Pick up the lowest practical load with the

block, wait for the sensor to stabilize,
enter the current low Hook Load value,
and click Set Low to set the current low
Hook Load calibration point.
Possible Inaccuracies While Setting Hook Load

An incorrect hook load may display if the HIGH Cal Point is set with insufficient weight, so this
point may need to be recalibrated after the rig has more hanging weight.
When calibrating the high and low hook load values, the lines strung value must be correct. After
calibrating hook load, if RigSense values do not match rig gauge values over full scale, the lines
strung may be incorrect. Readjust the lines strung (see page 230) and recalibrate hook load.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 237 of 332
Error Messages While Setting Hook Load

There are two error messages that may appear on the Set Hook Load dialog, which display
HOOK_LOAD in the Current HIGH Cal Point field. If the TIMEOUT error displays in the Current
LOW Cal Point field, then there is a communication error of some type, often due to a data source
not responding to RigSense in an allotted time. To correct, ensure that all proper connections are
made and then retry calibration. This error may also occur for Pump Pressure and Rotary Torque.
If instead, the NOT SUPPORTED error displays in the Current LOW Cal Point field, then the
connected data source cannot support the channel calibration. To correct, remap the channel to a
data source that can support it (i.e. DAQ). If either problem persists, contact NOV Service.
Set Pump Pressure

This window allows the Driller to set both high and low pump pressure calibration values. Follow
the instructions provided to enter the values for both Current HIGH and LOW Cal Points.
www.nov.com
Page 238 of 332
Set Rotary Torque

This window allows the Driller to set both high and low rotary torque calibration values. Follow the
instructions to enter the values for both Current HIGH and LOW Cal Points.
Set Top Drive Torque

RigSense 3.11 also provides the capability to calibrate the value for top drive torque. Follow the
instructions to enter the values for both Current HIGH and LOW Cal Points. The dialog is shown
below.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 239 of 332
Rig Setup
Access the Rig Setup screen by clicking Setup > Rig Setup.
Click to
configure
pumps; see
"Setup Pumps"
on page 240.
EZ Views
There are five channel EZ views on the Rig Setup screen. Defined in the following bullets, these
channels aid the Driller in monitoring key rig channels during drilling operations. Click on the
channels to modify the current value if required.
 Bit Bounce–A user-defined channel that calculates bit-on-bottom status to determine when
the bit is on bottom. When the distance between Hole Depth and Bit Position is less than this
channel value, on-bottom algorithms initiate to calculate various channels like Bit Weight.
The acceptable Bit Bounce values are from 0.5 ft to 5.0 ft (0.15 m to 1.5 m).
Warning: Under NO circumstances should Bit Bounce EVER be set equal to zero.
 Reference Hkld–The reference hookload is the full weight of the drillstring just before
touching the bottom of the hole, or the off-bottom weight of the drillstring. This is the point
when the user zeroes the bit weight in RigSense. Then, the Bit Weight channel is calculated
by subtracting the current Hookload from this Reference Hkld value.
 Lines Strung–This channel counts the number of times the drilling line runs around the
sheaves or pulleys within the crown and traveling blocks, so it must be an even number.
Hookload is calculated by multiplying its scaled sensor value by the displayed Lines Strung.
Consequently, Hookload increases in direct proportion to the Lines Strung value.
www.nov.com
Page 240 of 332
 Tripping and Drilling Trigger HKLD–These channels identify slip status and are usually set
up during the initial rig-up. Only change these values if the in-slips hookload changes.
 The Drilling Trigger Hookload is typically 20-25% greater than the weight of the blocks
plus that of the kelly or top drive.
 The Tripping Trigger Hookload is typically 10% greater than the weight of the blocks plus
that of the kelly or top drive.
Setup Pumps
The Setup Pumps screen indicates to RigSense which pumps are active, and provides
information on key parameters or channels regarding those pump(s). Pump configuration
information needs to be updated whenever a pump is replaced or a liner is changed out. The
values entered here can be used in reports (if desired). These settings also affect the calculation
of the Flow-In channel, which is needed for lag configurations to work properly.
The units associated with RigSense channels regarding pumps, Pump Displacement, Pump
Efficiency, Stroke Length and Liner Size, cannot be changed on this dialog, but instead, can be
changed during their configuration by clicking the Change Units button on the respective Channel
Configuration dialog box (obtained by clicking the channel’s EZ view) for a particular channel. For
more information on changing units, see "Channel Specific Controls" on page 59.
RigSense channels:
• Pump Displacement
• Pump Efficiency
• Stroke Length
• Liner Size
Note: These
channels cannot be
selected on strip
chart EZ views.
Click to enable a mud pump. A An X on the Enabled button denotes

blank Enabled button denotes that the mud pump is enabled during
that a mud pump is disabled. current drilling operations.
Note: For more information on enabling and disabling functions,

see "Enable/Disable Features" on page 27.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 241 of 332
Well Setup
Access the Well Setup screen and options by clicking Setup > Well Setup.
The options available from the Well Setup screen are discussed in the following sections:
 Start a Well–see "Start a Well" on page 242.
 Restart Selected Well–see "Restart Selected Well" on page 246.
 Update Well Information–see "Update Well Information" on page 246.
 End Current Active Well–see "End Current Active Well" on page 246.
 View Historical Wells–see "View Historical Wells" on page 247.
 IADC Licenses–see "IADC Licenses" on page 251.
www.nov.com
Page 242 of 332
When the rig moves to a new location or a different well has been started at the same location, the
user MUST first end the current well BEFORE starting a new well.
Click to start a new well. Click to end current well.
Click to view past (ended)

well information.
Click to update IADC

license information.
Click to restart well or view/update current well information.
Caution: The previous well MUST be ended BEFORE a new well is started, or all data for
the new well is irreparably stored under the old well. This CANNOT be reversed once done.
Start a Well
If RigSense is not monitoring a well (a well has not been started) the following message appears
when the system starts, given that the station has the proper permissions to start a well.
Click OK to enter the new well information described

in the steps below.
Clicking Cancel will close the pop-up and display the
RigSense screens. Data will not be collected until a
well is started. The message “START WELL required
to COLLECT DATA” appears in the top left corner of
the screen until a well is started.
Note 1: A computer keyboard is required to start a well.

Note 2: Information entered when starting a new well is subsequently used for
importing and auto population of reports. See Chapter 8, titled "Reports".
Note 3: Well information may be later changed by clicking Setup > Well Setup >
Update Well Information button to access the same RigSense Well Setup dialog.
To start a well:
1. Click Start a Well when RigSense is originally installed, a different well is initiated at the
same location, or drilling rig moves to a new location.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 243 of 332
2. Select Land or Offshore for the new well to display the entire dialog box for well setup.
This complete dialog

box will not display
until Land or Offshore
are selected.
3. After selecting Land or Offshore to set up a land or offshore well, provide the remaining
information for the well. All fields in green are required information that must be provided.
 Contractor and Operator: select or add the contractor and operator names.
To add a name, click Add and enter in pop-up box. Pick a name from lists and click Select.
 Rig Number–enter the rig number or name.

 Lease–enter the same well name as the lease that will appear on the IADC report.
 Well Number–enter the same well number that will appear on the IADC report.
 Field/District–enter the field and/or district name.
www.nov.com
Page 244 of 332
 Country, State*, County*–enter or make the correct selections from the pop-up lists.
Select the country.
Select the state.*
* The specific labels for

country subdivisions
will depend upon the Select the county.*
country selections.
Countries having
subdivisions other
than states like
provinces will
display
accordingly on the
division lists.
Note: If a well is being drilled in a country that has no available list from which to
select the subdivision, then the user may enter the division name in the field in the
same manner as other user-entered green fields, namely Rig Number, Lease, Well
number, and Field/District. See these user-entered green fields on page 243.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 245 of 332
The GPS - Longitude and GPS - Latitude fields are completed with the GPS Coordinates
dialogs, which appear onscreen when the (Deg, Min, Sec Format) fields are clicked.
For GPS - Longitude:
For GPS - Latitude:
Information automatically appears in the (Decimal Format) field once the GPS
Coordinates screen is completed. However, it may also be manually changed.
If the user is setting up an offshore well, two additional fields appear on the screen: Survey
Region (OCS) and Survey Block (OCS). Survey region information must be completed first
by selecting from a pop-up list appearing when the Survey Region (OCS) field is clicked.
Once the survey region is selected, the user may complete the survey block information from
a pop-up list that appears when clicking in the Survey Block (OCS) field.
4. Enter information into each field by either:
 Clicking in the field and manually typing the information, or
 Selecting the appropriate information from the pop-up list (when applicable).
5. Click the Finish - Create Well button once both the General Information and
Geographical Information sections have been completed.
www.nov.com
Page 246 of 332
Restart Selected Well

A previous well can be restarted at any time by selecting it on the Well Setup screen (see "Well
Setup" on page 241) and clicking the Restart Selected Well button. However, before doing so, the
user must end the current well before he can restart a previous well.
Update Well Information

Well information for current and closed wells can be changed at any time by clicking Setup > Well
Setup > Update Well Information to access the RigSense Well Setup dialog.
Change the desired well information in the screen’s fields and click Finish - Update well. See
"Start a Well" on page 242 for guidelines on entering the correct field information.
End Current Active Well

Click Setup > Well Setup > End Current Active Well after all operations are complete at the
current well. Once a well is ended, data can no longer be extracted for that well.
Note: The end well process takes several

minutes.
Do not touch the computer while waiting for it
to complete.
Updates will be automatically installed if the Update RigSense if new version is available
checkbox is selected.
If the rig site has requested that reports be completed prior to ending a well, a prompt will display
for that information.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 247 of 332
View Historical Wells

To chart drilling data, view reports and print information on previous wells, select Setup > Well
Setup > View Historical Wells.
Select a well in the Historical Wells dialog and click the desired functional option:
 Drilling Data–Displays strip charts to view data from the selected well. See "Drilling Data"
on page 248.
 Reports–Displays the Reports dialog to view/edit reports for the selected well. See "Well
Reports" on page 250.
 Print–Displays the Print Drill Log Task dialog to print drilling data by time or depth. See
"Drill Log" on page 292 in Chapter 12, "Print Manager."
 Close–Exits the Historical Wells dialog and returns to the Setup Well Setup screen.
www.nov.com
Page 248 of 332
Drilling Data
1. On the previous Historical Wells dialog, select a well in the list.
2. Click Drilling Data to view data from that well.
Click on a channel EZ view to

change the units or the bounds
on the strip charts.
See "Chart Bounds" on page 58.
Click Change Units to change the units

of the selected channel. See "Channel
1 2 3 4
Click a footer button to:

1. Select a linear or logarithmic scale (see "Channel
Configuration Footer" on page 60);
2. Replace the current channel with another one from a pop-up
selection list (see page 249);
3. Clear the channel; or
4. Close the channel configuration dialog.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 249 of 332
5. The channel may be changed using the Select a Channel pop-up.
To change the channel displayed:

1. Click a channel EZ view on the Drilling Data screen.
2. Click Replace Chl in the channel configuration dialog footer.
3. Select a name from the Select a Channel list.
4. Click OK.
www.nov.com
Page 250 of 332
Well Reports
1. From the Historical Wells dialog, select a current or past well from the list.
See "View Historical Wells" on page 247.
Note: A report created or sent from a historical well is associated with that specific past well
on WellData.net, rather than to the current active well.
2. Click Reports to open the Reports dialog for that well.
Select function
Select report type
3. Click Report Type and select a report from the menu to load or create.
4. Click Close to return to the Historical Wells dialog.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 251 of 332
IADC Licenses
The International Association of Drilling Contractors (IADC) annual site license fee quoted is
exclusively for the current calendar year the system is purchased. Each year following the initial
set-up, the annual site license renewal fee will become the responsibility of the end user. IADC
fees may be paid directly to NOV by issuing a purchase order. To ensure uninterrupted IADC
reports, payments must be received 30 days before the end of the year. Once the site license fee is
paid, NOV will activate a new one-year user key for your system.
From the Setup menu, select Well Setup > IADC Licenses.
Click to access a keyboard or type directly in the field to

change the contractor name.
Click to access a keyboard or type directly in the field to

change the rig number.
Displays the expiration date for IADC licenses.
Click Key Part 1 and Key Part 2 to access a keypad

and enter the key code given at the time of license
renewal purchase.
Click Submit Key to update the license information
and increase the number of reports available.
Click to return to the Well Setup menu.
www.nov.com
Page 252 of 332
Pit Jumps
A pit jump is an excessive change in the signal from the pit probe sensor. As a result, the pit jump
value increases by one every time there is a 10% change (10 units, i.e., bbl, gal, etc.) or more from
one sample to the next. This lets the user know what areas to focus on when troubleshooting
problems with the Gain/Loss and/or Mud Volume channels.
Note: The Pit Jumps Monitor and its functions are typically used by NOV-trained
technicians.
RigSense can monitor up to 12 pit probes at one time.
To zero a pit jump value:

1. Click any Pit Jump EZ view to
open a pop-up for that pit.
2. Click Zero.
3. Click Exit to close the pop-up.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 253 of 332
WITS/WSGW/Pulse Setup
The WITS/Pulse/WSGW tab enables a port to be set up for the RigSense® 3.11 functions of
Wellsite Information Transfer Specification (WITS), Wellsite Gas Watch® (WSGW), or (depth)
Pulse(s). A serial port can be used by RigSense for WITS, WSGW or a TPOT connection. One
may be used outside of RigSense by a 3rd party application. A workstation may have zero, one,
two, or more serial ports. Note that a serial port may only be used by one function at a time.
A status displays for the selected serial port during WITS configuration, which could be as follows:
 Available
 In use by WITS
 In use by WSGW
 In use by TPOT
 In use by 3rd party app
 No such port (contact NOV Service if a port is needed)
If a serial port is in use by something other than WITS, it must be released from that use to be
available for WITS. For example, if the status appears as In use by WSGW, the WSGW must be
disabled in order to use that port for WITS.
Access the WITS/Pulse/WSGW screen by selecting Setup > WITS/Pulse/WSGW.
See "WITS Setup and See "WSGW Setup" on See "Pulse Setup" on
Management" on page 254. page 265. page 267.
www.nov.com
Page 254 of 332
Click WITS Setup, Well Site Gas Watch or Pulse Setup to setup a port for WITS, WSGW or
Pulse. The same port cannot be used for both WITS and WSGW but can for WITS input/output.
WITS Setup and Management

Setting up a WITS Com Port
WITS is a communications format used to transfer a wide variety of wellsite data from one
computer to another. In the energy industry, WITS is the recommended format to exchange data in
either an online or batch transfer mode. RigSense 3.11 supports multiple WITS port setup. To
setup a port for WITS input or WITS output, click WITS Setup on WITS/Pulse/WSGW. An
example follows that illustrates setting up WITS using the default configuration (Canada).
1. First, click the Com Port button to select a communications port.
2. The Com Port pop-up appears, showing the available communication ports.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 255 of 332
Select the desired Com Port, and click OK.

The selected Com Port (1 in this example) will appear on the Com Port button. If the port is
available, it will be confirmed in the Port Status field. These are both confirmed in
subsequent screenshots starting with step 3.
3. Next, select the configuration. Click the Select button by the Current Configuration field.
4. The Select Configuration pop-up appears. Select Default Configuration.
The following provides descriptions of some of the configuration options.

 Geologist Gas/GEO PGL–Geologist who rents own gas detector to monitor gas shows.
 Directional-MWD–Directional well drilled utilizing measurement-while-drilling services.
 Mud-Logger–Mud logger who monitors hydrocarbon and lithology data in mud returns.
 Under-Balanced–Well drilled underbalanced instead of overbalanced so that Pwb < Pf.
www.nov.com
Page 256 of 332
5. Click the Port Settings button under the Com Port identifier.
6. The Port Settings pop-up appears, showing the current settings for the port.
Note: The Port Settings should rarely be altered. If WITS is to connect to a system
with settings other than default, then its changes must match that system’s settings.
Note: WITS input can only be configured by an NOV-trained and -certified technician.
Note: A configuration may only be used on one machine at a time.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 257 of 332
7. Click the Start button to display the active WITS Port Status.
8. Click the Port Monitor button to view the WITS data.
The WITS Port Monitor

with Incoming & Outgoing
raw data in code.
Click Close to return to

the WITS Setup screen.
Click Decoded to display

the WITS Port Monitor
with Incoming & Outgoing
decoded data.
For example, the Item #’s in

Outgoing WITS Data are:
• Bit Position: 08
• Hole Depth: 10
www.nov.com
Page 258 of 332
Viewing and Modifying a WITS Configuration

To view or modify running WITS configurations, perform the following:
1. Select the desired Com Port desired to view or modify.
2. The running WITS configuration will display in Current Configuration. Press Select to view
or modify this setting.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 259 of 332
Managing a WITS Configuration

The Manage Configuration screen provides the ability to add or delete WITS records and/or
items for WITS input or output.
Note: Manage Configuration should be configured only by an NOV-trained

technician. Most stations may only have permissions to select the WITS Manage
Configuration button, but not to edit channels through the dialog that displays.
Click the Manage Configuration button to open the Manage Configuration dialog.
The following describes the main functions of the Manage Configuration dialog:
 Configuration drop-down list–allows the user to select an existing Managed Configuration
that can then be edited, copied, renamed or deleted.
 In Use By field–displays if a RigSense machine is currently using a selected configuration.
 New button–displays a pop-up so the user can enter a name for a new WITS configuration.
 Copy button–copies the current selected configuration (WITS outputs only) and prompts the
user to accept or enter a unique new name.
 Rename button–prompts the user to rename the current selected configuration.
 Delete button–allows the user to delete the current selected configuration, if desired.
www.nov.com
Page 260 of 332
 Save Config button–saves the currently selected configuration. If there is any missing or
invalid configuration information, an error message will display.
 Close button–closes the Manage Configuration dialog. If changes have not been saved,
RigSense will prompt the user to save or cancel the changes.
For a selected configuration, the following sections describe the required steps to configure WITS
Input Channels as well as WITS Output Records and Channels.
Note: WITS output and WITS input are configured by selecting and editing the WITS
record number and WITS item number. For example, Bit Position is sent as WITS
output as 0108, record #1, item # 08.
Output Records
Use the following operations to configure WITS Output for the selected configuration:
 Output Records drop-down list–selects the WITS Output Record number to edit. The
Output Record names are included for reference and are based on the WITS specs.
 All Records radio button–shows all WITS records in Output Records drop-list.
 This Configuration radio button–filters the previous Output Records drop-list to show
only the records that have previously been configured.
 Trigger drop-down list–allows the user to select the type of trigger for the currently selected
WITS Record such as Time, Depth, etc. It is usually best to leave the Trigger set to the
default Trigger type as specified in the WITS Spec.
 Settings button–allows the user to change the trigger interval. For the Time Trigger the
default setting is one second.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 261 of 332
 Available Items selection list–allows the user to select the WITS Item numbers that will be
used for WITS Output for the currently selected WITS Output Record number.
 Add [ ▶ ] button–moves the highlighted WITS Item number from the Available list to the
Selected list.
 Remove [ ◀ ] button–removes the highlighted WITS Item number from the Selected list by
moving the WITS Item number back to the Available list.
 Selected Items list–allows the user to configure a highlighted WITS Item number from the
Selected list for WITS Output.
 Name drop-down list–allows the user to select the RigSense channel that will be associated
with the WITS Item number for WITS Output.
 Channel radio button–configures the Name drop-down list to display RigSense channel
names.
 Special radio button–configures the Name drop-down list to display WITS specific
names such as Well Identifier, Date, Time, etc.
 Data Type drop-down list–sets the WITS Output for the WITS Item number to String, Int16,
Int32 or Float (default).
 Calculation drop-down list–sets the WITS Output for the WITS Item number to MAX, MIN,
AVG or Current Value (Current Value is the default setting).
 Units drop-down list–allows the user to select the units for WITS Ouput for the WITS Item
number. This allows for conversion between units for the WITS Output value from the
RigSense channel value. For example, if the RigSense channel is in feet, selecting Depth:m
configures the WITS Output for this WITS Item number to be in meters.
 Scaled checkbox–when selected, allows the WITS output to be scaled by a multiplier set in
the X field or offset by the value set in the + field.
The steps for typical WITS Output Channel Setup are:
1. Select a Configuration to edit or click New to create a new (WITS) Configuration.
2. Select the WITS Record for output from Output records.
3. Select and Add WITS Item numbers from the Available list.
4. Select each WITS Item number one at a time from the Selected list.
5. Select the RigSense channel name from the Name drop-down list.
6. Select the Units to convert the WITS Output to for the WITS Item number.
7. If needed, check the Scaled checkbox and set the WITS Output multiplier and offset.
8. Repeat steps 2 through 7 until all WITS Items numbers (WITS Output Channels) are
configured for all WITS Records that are to be included in this Configuration.
www.nov.com
Page 262 of 332
Input Channels
Use the following operations to configure Input Channels for the selected configuration:
 Input Channels list–selects the RigSense channel to configure for WITS Input.
 All Channels radio button–sets the Input Channels list to display all RigSense
channels that have their Data Source set for WITS Input.
 This Configuration radio button–sets the Input Channels list to display RigSense
channels that are available for the selected Configuration.
 Available radio button–sets the Input Channels list to display RigSense channels that
have not been configured for WITS Input for any Configuration.
 In Configuration display–displays the Configuration assigned to selected Input Channel.
 Add to Configuration button–is enabled when a selected Input Channel has not been
previously assigned to any Configuration. Clicking on this button will add the Input Channel
to the currently selected Configuration.
 Remove from Configuration button–is enabled when a selected Input Channel is currently
assigned to the selected Configuration. Clicking on this button will remove the Input Channel
from the selected Configuration.
 Record list–selects the WITS Record this Input Channel will be assigned to for WITS Input.
 Item list–selects the WITS Item number this Input Channel will be assigned for WITS Input.
 Data Type list–sets the WITS Output for the WITS Item number to String, Int16, Int32 or
Float (Float is the default setting).
 Calculation list–sets the WITS Output for the WITS Item number to MAX, MIN, AVG or
Current Value (Current Value is the default setting).
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 263 of 332
 Timeout input field–sets the time period to hold the RigSense channel value between WITS
Input values received before --- displays. Usually, it is 60, 120, or 300 seconds. For example,
for a 60-second timeout value, the WITS Input value will display for up to 60 seconds in the
RigSense channel EZ view unless a new WITS input value is received. If a new WITS Input
value is not received after 60 seconds, the RigSense channel will display ---. Entering 0
seconds for the WITS Timeout field will hold the WITS Input value indefinitely until the next
WITS update for the channel is received.
 Scaled checkbox–when selected, allows the WITS Input to be scaled by a multiplier set in
the X field or offset by the value set in the + field.
The steps for typical WITS Input Channels Setup are:
1. Select a Configuration to edit or click New to create a new WITS Configuration.
2. Select a RigSense channel from the Input Channels drop-down list.
3. Click the Add to Configuration button.
4. Select the WITS Record number that the WITS Input value is being sent to RigSense.
5. Select the WITS Item number that the WITS Input value is being sent to RigSense.
6. Set the Timeout value if the WITS Input value is not being received at every second.
7. If needed, select the Scaled checkbox and set the WITS Input multiplier and offset.
8. Repeat steps 2 through 7 for each WITS Input channel to be configured in this Managed
Configuration.
If survey information is provided over WITS, the WITS Inbound Processors section of the screen is
used to configure the input for management through RigSense. Contact NOV Support for more
information.
www.nov.com
Page 264 of 332
WITS Inbound Processor

The WITS Inbound Processors section provides configuration control for the selected 
WITS configurations.
Use the following controls to configure options for this setting:

 WITS Inbound Processors list–selects the RigSense channel to configure for inbound
WITS processing.
 All Channels radio button–sets the WITS Inbound Processors list to display all
RigSense channels that have their Data Source set for WITS Inbound Processors.
 This Configuration radio button–sets the WITS Inbound Processors list to display
RigSense channels that are available for the selected Configuration.
 Available radio button–sets the Input Channels list to display RigSense channels that
have not been configured as WITS Inbound Processor for any Configuration.
 In Configuration display–displays the Configuration assigned to the selected WITS
Inbound Processor channel.
 Add to Configuration button–is enabled when a selected WITS Inbound Processor
channel has not been previously assigned to any Configuration. Clicking on this button will
add the WITS Inbound Processor Channel to the currently selected Configuration.
 Remove from Configuration button–is enabled when a selected WITS Inbound Processor
channel is currently assigned to the selected Configuration. Clicking on this button will
remove the WITS Inbound Processor Channel from the selected Configuration.
If survey information is provided over WITS, contact NOV Support to configure the input for
management through RigSense.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 265 of 332
WSGW Setup
Setting up a WSGW port allows RigSense to display lagged gas logs with depth.
NOV gas detectors are hardware systems that incorporate the latest wireless, infrared (IR), dual
hydrocarbon sensing technology to monitor methane (C1) and propane (C3) values and their
aggregate (Total Gas). IR technology provides a real-time analysis of methane, propane, and total
gas, with representative values and repeatable accuracy. Depending on customer preference or
the geographic area practice, they are rented by the operator and manned by an onsite geologist
or NOV personnel. The hard metal enclosure enables the gas detectors to withstand the harsh
drilling rig environment, and WSGW software provides high reliability from rig power irregularities.
To setup a WSGW port, perform the following steps:
1. On the WITS/Pulse/WSGW screen, click the Well Site Gas Watch button (see page 253).
2. The Setup WSGW dialog displays. To select a Com Port, click the Com Port button.
3. The Select Com Port pop-up displays. Select the correct communications port. Click OK.
www.nov.com
Page 266 of 332
4. On the right, Port Status displays its status; the Com Port button displays the port number.
Click to select Com Port number and then

click OK. The status for that port displays.
5. On the dialog’s left side, the baselines can be adjusted to calibrate the sensor by adjusting
the Methane and Propane Offsets. Check the baselines only after the gas sensor has had
enough time for its temperature to increase sufficiently (~15 minutes).
When adjusting the baselines in this manner, do not mistake the offsets with the gas values
encountered downhole. As a guideline, the methane percentage by volume typically ranges
from 0.10 to 0.15% and the propane volume percentage usually spans from 0.05 to 0.10%.
268
www.nov.com
10: Setup
Revision B
Page 267 of 332
Pulse Setup
The pulse option generates depth information in the form of pulses to a 3rd party such as a Mud
Logger. The optional NOV pulse box is required to output these depth pulses. The pulse box is a
universal serial bus (USB) device that counts quadrature output signals, which are produced by an
incremental rotary encoder, with sensors located on the drawworks (or the crown) and rig floor.
Incremental rotary encoders used in conjunction with NOV EDMS technology are optical, rather
than mechanical or magnetic, for more precision, with resolutions of about 2,000 counts per
revolution. Incremental rotary encoders do not have an absolute reference to zero or home them.
They keep count relative to the location point where powered on, so if power is lost, incremental
encoders need to be reset. However, the DAQ has a battery pack to store this information.
With pulse use, not only is the distance of block movement determined, but also the direction
(running in or pulling out of hole). The transition of the two phases A and B indicates movement
and their sequence indicates direction. The amount of block movement is determined by the
number of revolutions of the encoder and the diameter of the drawworks.
To setup a port for Pulse output, click Pulse Setup on the WITS/Pulse/WSGW screen. The Pulse
Setup dialog allows the user to enable the described pulse output. Functional descriptions follow.
Click to access a keypad to enter current

values for Quad and Depth Pulses.
Click to select a trigger and the Select the desired

level for turning on the pumps. output for bit status.
www.nov.com
Page 268 of 332
 Depth Pulses–Click a button to enter a value different from the default display.
 Pulses Per Depth–The number of times the device pulses per unit depth (either ft or m).
This typically is 1-2 pulses per ft. The default is 1 pulse/ft.
 Min Interval–The minimum time period between pulses. The default is 1000 ms or ~1 s.
 Depth Pulse Width–The length of the time of the pulse as indicated by the light on the
box. The default is 1,000 ms or ~1 s.
 Quad Pulses–Select to either enable or disable. If Enabled, then select the correct value.
 Quad Pulses Per Depth–Simulate encoder signals, the default being 1 pulse/ft (or m).
 Quad Pulse Width–Simulates an encoder signal, the default being 1000 ms or ~1 s.
 Trigger for Pumps On–Select the trigger source as Pump Pressure (Psig) or Total SPM
(strokes per minute). Click Trigger Level to enter a value.
 Bit Status Output–Select Normal or Inverted. Determines whether the relay position for Bit
Status is open or closed while the bit is on-bottom.
Allows for normal-open and normal-closed operation. The relay engages (on) when the bit is
on- bottom and disengages when bit is off-bottom. When this is inverted, the relay is on
when the bit is off-bottom and off when the bit is on-bottom.
Note: Units for Pulses or Quad Pulses Per Depth can be changed between English
(ft) and Metric (m) in the Hole Depth calibration dialog.
Simply click the Hole Depth EZ view to display its calibration dialog, and click the
Change Units button. See "Channel Specific Controls" on page 59.
268
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 269 of 332
11: Pipe Tally
Pipe Tally in RigSense® 3.11 is a powerful tool that has the ability to maintain an accurate bit depth
and hole depth, while keeping a record of the pipe tally. When the pipe tally is used in conjunction
with the pipe inventory (see "Pipe Tally with Inventory" on page 288), it also provides direct input to
the tour sheet.
See "Alternate Header" on page 48 (without Slips).
Grid
navigation
Pipe Tally
grid
Totals for
Pipe Tally
grid
Click to X
bring up the
Footer
onscreen
keypad.
The Driller enters the length (and type) of bottomhole assembly (BHA) or drillstring elements into
the pipe tally as they are measured, and before they are added to the drillpipe. When entered, the
drillstring elements are marked as inactive (not yet in the drillstring). Each time a connection is
made, the joints are automatically added to the pipe tally and activated. The pipe tally calculated
with Auto Depth enabled automatically updates drillstring length, ensuring the accuracy of the bit
and hole depths.
The pipe tally handles the following:
 Maintaining the pipe tally and calculating total BHA length, total string length, total drillpipe
length, and total kelly down length.
 Monitoring the drilling process and recognizing connections. With this information, it tracks
the bit in and out of the hole, and activates joints as they are added.
 Maintaining an accurate hole depth as long as the joint lengths are entered correctly and the
electronic depth measurement system (EDMS) calibration is accurate.
If Auto Depth is enabled without joints entered, pipe tally adds joints automatically based on
the measured connection lengths provided by the EDMS calculations. The system string
length is compared with the string length in the pipe tally, and the system string length is
adjusted as required.
www.nov.com
Revision B 11: Pipe Tally
Page 270 of 332
The pipe tally also maintains an onsite pipe inventory entered by the user and stored in the data
base. Joints are added to the pipe tally by selecting from this inventory, using a drop-down list in
the pipe tally. The quantity and type of pipe on site is maintained by the user.
Pipe Tally is one of the RigSense systems that incorporates permissions-based functionality.
Though all RigSense stations can access the Pipe Tally screen, the ability to manipulate its
information is granted by an NOV-trained technician. By default, what is known as the Pipe Tally
master is the Driller’s computer.
Pipe Tally Screen

The Pipe Tally screen is accessed by clicking Pipe Tally in the footer of any screen.
Note: For information on "Starting a Pipe Tally" see page 279.

For information on "Editing Pipe Tally" see page 283.
Pipe Tally Interface

The pipe tally user interface presents the pipe tally in grid format and allows it to be modified from
any workstation. The Driller can add joints, delete joints, modify existing joints, insert joints, and
move joints from one location to another in the pipe tally. Other available options are discussed in
the following sections.
Grid columns
Grid
navigation
Click to enable the Click to enable automatic

touchscreen keyboard. depth correction.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 271 of 332
Grid Columns
The pipe tally is displayed in a grid with the following columns:
Grid columns
 #–(automatic) This is the joint identifier used by RigSense to identify positions when moving,
deleting, etc.
 DP #–(automatic) This is the drill pipe count. It only includes items where the Status field
selection is Pipe.
 Stand–(automatic) This column is dependent on the number of joints per stand selected in
the Settings screen. If three joints per stand is selected, this column will contain x for the
first joint in a stand, xx for the second joint, and the stand number for the third joint. If two
joints per stand is selected, this column will contain x for the first joint in a stand, and the
stand number for the second joint. Up to four joints per stand are valid choices.
 O.D.–(automatic) This is the outside diameter of the joint selected. The information is
retrieved from the on-site pipe inventory.
 Description–(Driller selected) This information is selected from the Description drop-down
list populated with items from inventory. See "Inventory" on page 277.
 Length–(Automatic/Driller entered) The joint length has three sources:
 The strapped length of a joint entered by the Driller.
 Length measured by the change in block height (indicated by an underline.) When a
connection is made (and Auto Depth is on), if the last joint in the tally is the active joint
(highlighted green), and the next entry is empty, the pipe tally copies the previous joint
type entered, and sets the length to the connection length measured by the change in
block height.
 If RigSense is installed on a rig that has been drilling for some time, to get the Pipe Tally
up and running quickly, the Driller can do a backfill of joints up to the current joint by
entering the total length of the backfill, and the number of joints in the backfill. The Pipe
Tally Manager then divides the length by the number of joints, and fills in the backfill area
with this average joint length. In this case, a strike-through is used in the joint lengths
indicating that the joint length was calculated from a backfill (least likely to be accurate).
 Kelly Down–(automatic) This represents the depth at which Kelly Down will occur. It is the
sum of the Drill String column and the Kelly Down length in the Settings screen.
 Drill String–(automatic) This is the sum of ALL the (active) elements in the drillstring,
including the BHA and Pipe.
 Drill Pipe–(automatic) This is the sum of the (active) Drill Pipe, excluding the BHA. It
includes all joints with a status of Pipe.
www.nov.com
Page 272 of 332
 Status–(Driller selected) Status is selected from a drop-down list. This identifies the joints
function in the drillstring:
 BHA–This joint is a part of the BHA. BHA sections inserted in the Drill Pipe are treated
as Pipe pieces. They are not included when Display BHA Only is selected. The BHA
must be all together at the bottom of the hole.
 Pipe–This is an element of the Drill Pipe (these are grouped into Stands).
 Inactive–If a joint of pipe is physically removed from the Drill Sting, it may be left in the
Pipe Tally for future replacement, and be set to Inactive. It is removed from all totals.
Also when entering joints ahead which have been strapped, but are not yet actually in
the hole, they are automatically set to Inactive, and the Status updated when a
connection is made.
 Set Multiple…–This is not an actual status, but a means to set one of the above states
into multiple joints. When this is selected from the drop-down list, a dialog pops up
where you enter a start joint #, an end joint #, and the status you want them all to be set
to. Then press OK, the joints are changed to the selected Status.
Note: There is no logical connection between a type of joint in the inventory (Tool, DC, DP)
and the pipe status in the pipe tally. This is determined by the Driller when the joint is added
to the drillstring.
Grid Navigation
The column of navigation buttons on the right side of the screen is used to move between items in
the pipe tally list.
Moves the cursor to the top of the list.
Moves the cursor up one page.
Moves the cursor up one row.
Moves the cursor down one row.

Moves the cursor down one page.
Moves the cursor down to the to the
bottom of the list.
The [Tab] key moves the cursor to the next editable field. When the last editable field of a row is
reached, the cursor moves to the first editable field of the next row.
The up and down arrow keys on the keyboard move the cursor up and down one row.
The right arrow key moves the cursor one editable field to the right in the same row (it does not
move to the next row).
The left arrow key moves the cursor one editable field to the left in the same row.
The page up and page down keys move the cursor one page up or down, respectively.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 273 of 332
The [Enter] key on the keyboard moves the cursor to the next row down.
Pipe Tally Features

Pipe Tally Grid
Grid Row Totals
x
Onscreen Keypad Button Auto Depth Button
Grid Row Totals

The Grid Row Total portion of the Pipe Tally screen displays the totals for the pipe tally grid totals
for #, DP#, Stand, O.D., Length, Kelly Down, Drill String, and Drill Pipe. The Total Dry Weight
is the sum of the pipe tally items. The Dry Weight of in-hole joints is the weight total of all in-
ground joints.
On Screen Keypad
Press to enable (an X displays on the button). A numeric keypad displays when a cell in the
Length column is selected.
Auto Depth
Press to enable the Auto Depth function (an X displays on the button). The Kelly Down total in
Pipe Tally is compared with the Hole Depth each time a connection is made. If there is a
difference, the Hole Depth is corrected to the pipe tally Kelly Down. When Auto Depth is
selected, various scenarios may occur when pipe tally detects discrepancies. Examples of these
are explained in the following sections.
www.nov.com
Page 274 of 332
If after a Pipe Tally connection is made and your Hole Depth does not equal your Kelly Down the
following Pipe Tally AutoDepth screen appears.
1. If the user wants Pipe Tally to automatically adjust the Hole Depth equal to the Kelly Down
the user should select Yes.
2. If the user wants to manually readjust the values, then No should be selected. When the No
button is selected, the following menu appears:
3. Each option on the Pipe Tally AutoDepth screen takes the user back to the setup screens
for hole depth, kelly down length, and block height calibrations screens.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 275 of 332
If Pipe Tally determines that a joint was added or removed from the drillstring that is larger than the
average joint length, and similar to the Kelly Down Length in Settings, dialogs will launch asking
if Kelly was added or removed from the drillstring.
If the user selects No when asked if Kelly was added, a dialog displays asking if casing is being
run into hole.
Note: If the difference between the system string length and pipe tally string
length values is more than 20% of the average joint length times number of
joints connected, the system string length is not modified. Check the pipe tally
for accuracy or recalibrate the block height and system set points on the Setup
Depth screen.
Calculator
Click to display an onscreen calculator for routine calculations.
www.nov.com
Page 276 of 332
Show BHA/Show All

Click to toggle the joints displayed in the grid. When Show BHA is selected, only the joints in the
BHA are displayed. Show All displays the entire pipe tally.
Print
This screen allows the user to create a report of all the pipe tally information entered. To access it,
click the Print button located on the Pipe Tally screen.
Click to print
the inventory.
Click to print all

drillpipe.
Click to include
bottom hole
assembly in
report.
Click to include
drillpipe in
selected stand
range.
When the Print Drill Pipe

button is selected, the following
screen displays:
The user is able to specify
ranges of Stands by entering
specific stand ranges.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 277 of 332
Inventory
The inventory consists of a list of all tubulars that are onsite. The user enters items only once.
These items are then selected from the description drop-down list on the pipe tally screen. Adding
the description to the joints in the pipe tally allows the pipe tally to be imported into the tour sheet
with one mouse click.
It is not necessary to implement the inventory. The pipe tally will function properly without the
description field and OD information, however, the pipe tally section in the tour sheet will have to
be entered manually.
Note: Items must first be entered into the pipe inventory to utilize the pipe tally O.D. and
Description Columns.
Adding to the pipe inventory:

1. Click in the empty row at the bottom of the list.
2. Enter all known information for the item.
 Qty–(Operator entered) Number of pieces of the item onsite.
 In Tally–(automatic) Number of active pieces of this item in the pipe tally.
 O.D.–(Operator entered) Outside diameter (OD) of this item.
 I.D.–(Operator entered) Inside diameter (ID) of this item.
 Weight–(Operator entered) Weight of this item per unit length.
 Grade–(Operator entered/selected) The grade is selected from a drop-down list OR the
operator may enter a different grade, not available from the list.
 Tool JT O.D.–(Operator entered) Outside diameter of the tool joint for this item.
www.nov.com
Page 278 of 332
 Thread Type–(Operator entered) The thread type of this item.

 Inventory Description–(Operator entered) A description of this item.
 Type–(Operator selected) The type of this item is selected from a drop-down list. (DC:
Drill collar, DP: Drill pipe, Tool: Everything else in the drill string)
Editing items in inventory:
1. Click in the row and column of the incorrect value.
2. Replace the value by typing the new value on the keyboard.
Deleting pipe inventory:
1. Click in the row of the inventory item to be removed.
2. Click Delete Item.
Note: A verification pop-up appears before the item is deleted.
Sample Pipe Tally Report
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 279 of 332
Starting a Pipe Tally

The following instructions introduce creating a pipe tally on the rig floor using only a touchscreen.
Entering BHA
1. From any RigSense screen push Pipe Tally in the bottom right portion of the screen to open
the Pipe Tally screen.
2. Make sure the OnScreen Keyboard option is selected.
3. Enter the BHA item(s) for the rig setup by clicking Length for each BHA item needing to be
listed.
4. Select BHA from Status, then enter 1 for the number of singles.
Note: If the On Screen Keyboard option is selected and a keypad does not appear
after clicking in the length field, then you are not authorized to modify pipe tally
from your machine. Typically pipe tally is controlled from the rig floor. Contact NOV
Support for more information on changing the machine controlling pipe tally.
www.nov.com
Page 280 of 332
5. The system will enter the value from the keypad in the first row and then drop-down to the
next row and ask for the next items length to be entered on the keypad. Click Cancel.
750.00
4
4
6. On the first row click in the Status field and change the joint status from Inactive to BHA.
7. The system will ask for the number of joints in the BHA. Press 1 on the keypad and then
press Enter.
1 6
The pipe tally should now have a single joint, the length of the BHA, with BHA status.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 281 of 332
Entering Pipe
1. To enter pipe, click in the second rows Length field to open the keypad again. Enter the
length of the first joint of pipe and press Enter on the on-screen keypad.
The length entered will be put in the second row, and the user will be prompted for the next
joint. Continue to enter all the pipe joint lengths for pipe currently in the hole.
2. Once all the lengths are entered, press Cancel on the keypad to return to the Pipe Tally
screen.
Note: All pipe entered has an inactive status.
3. On the last joint of pipe currently in the hole row, click the Status field and select Set
Multiple from the drop-down list to open the Joint Status dialog box.
www.nov.com
Page 282 of 332
4. In the Select Range section change the First Joint number to 2 and verify that the Last
Joint number is correct.
5. In the Select Status section select Pipe and then press OK.
6. The Status column changes to reflect the selections made in the Joint Status dialog box
and the totals at the bottom of the screen update to the correct values.
4.5 DP
4.5 DP
4.5 DP 6
4.5 DP
4.5 DP
From this point enter the joint lengths as they are strapped off to keep pipe tally current.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 283 of 332
Editing Pipe Tally

Adding a Joint to the End of the List
1. In the main Pipe Tally screen, click to go to the end of the pipe tally list.
2. Click in the first empty row to select it. The selected row will highlight in blue.
3. Click in the Length cell to enter the length of a new joint of the same description as the item
one row above.
Click this cell to enter a new length of drillpipe.

If Onscreen Keyboard is selected, a keypad or keyboard
will be displayed each time input is needed.
To add a joint with a different description from the last item in the list:
a. Click in the Description column and make a selection from the drop-down list.
b. Enter the Length as described above. The status field will default to Inactive.
www.nov.com
Page 284 of 332
4. To change the status from Inactive to Pipe or BHA, click in the Status field and make the
selection from the drop-down list.
To change the status of more than one joint at a time, select Set Multiple...
To Set Multiple joints to the same status at one time:
1. Enter the first joint in the range. This number
corresponds with the number in the # column on the
Pipe Tally screen.
2. Enter the last joint in the range. This number
corresponds with the number in the # column on the
Pipe Tally screen.
3. Click to select Inactive, Pipe, or BHA status for all
the joints in the specified range.
4. Click OK to accept the settings and close the dialog
box, or click Cancel to close the dialog box without
incorporating the changes selected.
The columns calculate appropriately, based on the status selected.

Adding a Joint Anywhere in the List
1. Highlight the row # where the new joint is desired.
2. Click Insert Joint to shift the existing joints down and insert a blank row.
3. Click in the Description cell and make a selection from the drop-down list.
4. Click in the Length cell and enter the joint length.
5. Click in the Status cell to change the status from Inactive to Pipe, BHA, or to Set Multiple
joints in the pipe tally to a new status.
Editing a Joint
The Description, Length, and Status can be edited for joints listed.
1. Click the joint item that needs to be changed. The row highlights in blue when selected.
2. Click in the Description or Status column for that joint to change the entry.
3. Double-click the Length for that joint to edit the length listed.
Deleting a Joint
One or several joints can be deleted at one time.
1. Click a joint that needs to be deleted, and then click Delete Joint.
2. In the dialog box, the first and last joints displayed will be the selected joint. Keep this value
or enter a different joint or range of joints.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 285 of 332
If a joint is not selected before clicking Delete Joint, the First Joint and Last Joint will be
zero in the dialog box (see Note at bottom of this page).
• To delete one joint: Enter the row # of the joint in the first
joint field. The last joint must be the same as the first or
zero.
• To delete a range of joints: Enter the row # of the first joint
to be deleted and the row # of the last joint to be deleted.
• To remove all joints listed in the pipe tally: Press the
Delete All Joints button (an X will display on top of the
button.)
• Click Cancel to close the dialog box without deleting a
joint.
• Click OK to delete the selected joints and close the
dialog box.
3. Verify the joints selected should be deleted.

Are you sure you want to delete joint #4?
• Click OK to verify the joints selected should
be deleted.
• Click Cancel to return to the Pipe Tally screen
without deleting a joint.
Moving a Joint
Joints can be moved in the pipe tally (see Note at bottom of this page).
1. Click the joint in the pipe tally list that needs to be moved and click Move Joint.
2. In the dialog box, the first and last joints displayed will be the selected joint. Keep this value
or enter a different joint or range of joints.
• To move one joint: Enter (or keep) the row # of the first
joint field. The last joint must be the same as the first or
zero.
• To move a range of joints: Enter the row # of the first joint
to be moved and the row # of the last joint to be moved.
• Enter the new joint position. If a range or joints is being
moved, enter the new position for the first joint only.
• Click Cancel to close the dialog box without moving a
joint.
• Click OK to move the selected joints and close the dialog
box.
3. The joint (or joints) are removed from their current position and inserted into the new
position. All joints below and including the new joint position will shift down to accommodate
the moved joint (or joints).
Note: When deleting or moving joints, locked backfill joints cannot be deleted (or moved)
individually. They must all be deleted (or moved), OR unlocked by first entering the length.
www.nov.com
Page 286 of 332
Backfill
Basics
On occasion, a large number of joints may need to be added. To save time, a backfill can
accomplish this task quickly without entering each joint individually. In general, a backfill is
generated by entering a total length of the pipe, and then entering the number of joints included in
that total. RigSense calculates the average joint length (length divided by number of joints) and
sets the length of each joint to this average.
Note: The average joint length calculation must result in a number close to the average
length of a single joint of pipe. For this reason, do not include BHA items and other odd
length items in a backfill with drill pipe. Only items of equal (or nearly equal) length should
be included in any one backfill.
Conventions and Rules

 All Drill String values and estimated joint Lengths in a backfill will have a line drawn
through them.
 Joints in a backfill cannot be deleted or moved. To delete a joint in a backfill either delete the
entire backfill or enter the correct length for all of the joints in the backfill. Once this is done,
a single backfill joint may be deleted.
 The underlined Drill String length at the end of a backfill reflects the accurate string length
at that location in the drillstring. All previous string lengths (with a line through them) are only
estimates based on calculated joints.
Note: Correcting joint lengths in a backfill does not change the underlined drillstring length.
This is the only string length in the backfill which is known to be correct (based on the
backfill length entered by the Driller.) Therefore, it is retained until all of the backfill joints
have been corrected. Joint lengths in a backfill may be changed without affecting the
accuracy of the string lengths following the backfill.
 Editing the estimated joint length of the first or last item in a backfill, removes that item from
the backfill. When the last item of a backfill is edited, the second to last item is underlined.
The underlined drillstring total is adjusted accordingly.
 Inserting a new joint in a backfill will adjust the drillstring total.
 When all joints in a backfill have been corrected, the underline will be removed from the last
drillstring length and the backfill becomes a normal part of the drillstring.
Example
Current Known Pipe Tally Totals
Totals
Kelly Down Kelly Down
7800 4800
length length
String length 7760 String length 4760
Pipe length 7000 Pipe length 4000
In the table above, there is 3000 ft of pipe that need to be added to bring the pipe tally up to date.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 287 of 332
Entering Backfill
1. In the last row (which is empty), click in the Length column and type 3000.
2. Select Pipe in the Status column.
3. In the keypad that appears, enter the number of singles used to drill the last 3000 ft. In this
example 100 will be entered (see right) to give an average of 30 ft per joint.
4. Click Enter to close the keypad.
5. The pipe tally grid is populated with the backfill averaged values.
The pipe tally

indicates backfill
items with a line
through the
Length and Drill
String values.
Information in these columns obtained from the pipe inventory.
The pipe tally

indicates the end
of the backfill
with an
underlined Drill
String value.
Note: For the pipe inventory information to be included in the backfill, the last
joint before the backfill must already be filled in. The backfill takes its inventory
information from the joint above it.
www.nov.com
Page 288 of 332
Pipe Tally with Inventory

Note: A keyboard is needed to enter inventory at a RigSense station.
1. Access the Pipe Tally screen by pressing the Pipe Tally button in the bottom right corner of
any other RigSense screen.
2. Click Inventory to access the Inventory screen.
290
www.nov.com
11: Pipe Tally
Revision B
Page 289 of 332
3. Enter a list of onsite pipe and BHA items. For each item, the user is required to enter the
quantity onsite, the OD, and the description. Double-click in the Inventory Description field
to enter the description.
Note: A blank row for the next item appears after the Inventory Description is
entered and the user selects another cell.
 Qty–The value automatically defaults to zero after Inventory Description is entered.

Click in the cell and enter quantity.
 In Tally–The value will automatically calculate from items in the pipe tally.
 O.D. (In)–Manually enter the OD of the item.
 I.D. (In)–Manually enter the ID of the item.
 Weight (lb/ft)–Manually enter the weight of the item per unit length.
 Grade–Manually enter a grade.
 Tool JT O.D.–Manually enter the OD of the tool joint for this item.
 Thread Type–Manually enter the thread type of this item.
 Inventory Description–Each item (or group) listed must be unique. For different sizes
of drillpipe add the size to the description to make it unique. Example: 4 ½ in. Drillpipe
instead of Drillpipe.
4. Once all the drillstring items on location have been entered, click Pipe Tally to return to the
Pipe Tally screen.
www.nov.com
Page 290 of 332
5. Click in the Description cell of the blank row. A drop-down list will appear with a list of the
items entered in Inventory. Select the description for the first item in the BHA.
6. Type in the Length in inches.
Note: If the On Screen Keypad option is checked and no keypad appears after
clicking in the length field, then modifications to the pipe tally cannot be made from
that machine. Contact NOV Support for more information.
7. Click in the Status field and select BHA or Pipe.
8. Repeat steps 6 through 8 until all the items in the drillstring are listed in the correct order in
the pipe tally.
Note: Also see the following sections for more information: "Editing Pipe Tally" on
page 283, "Backfill" on page 286.
290
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 291 of 332
12: Print Manager
The Print Tasks Manager of RigSense® 3.11 allows the user to view and print pre-configured
reports for the current or past wells. The user can plot drilling channels by either time or depth. 
The sections below describe the many functions of the Print Tasks Manager.
Click Tools > System Tools > Print Manager to access the Print Tasks Manager screen.
Click to access Print ROP Report screen.
Click to return to the Tools menu.
Click to access Time Log and Depth Log screens.
www.nov.com
Revision B 12: Print Manager
Page 292 of 332
Drill Log
This screen allows the user to plot drilling channels by either time or depth. To access it click Tools
> System Tools > Print Manager > Drill Log.
Click to name drill log using a

keyboard or type directly into the field.
Select amount of data per page.
Select major and minor tick marks for
the graph.
Select start and end time or depth
("Common Dialogs" on page 46).
Click to view preview of printed log.
Click to print drill log to printer.
Click to select a See "Strip Charts" Click to toggle

printer. on page 295. between Time Log
or Depth Log
screens.
 Load Config–Click to select a previously saved channel configuration.

 Save Config–Click to name and save current channel configuration.
 Schedule–Click to make a drill log print schedule using the currently configured
settings (see page 296 for details).
 Time/Depth–Click to toggle between time and depth drill logs.
 Exit–Click to return to Print Tasks Manager screen.
The following sections identify the values specific to the Time Log and the Depth Log screens.
298
www.nov.com
12: Print Manager
Revision B
Page 293 of 332
Time Log Specific Entries

1. Time Scale–Enter 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, or 24 hrs/page using the up or down arrows, when
complete, select OK.
2. Start Time–Enter start time by entering Month, Hour, Day, Minute, and Year, when
complete, select OK.
3. Set Depth Marks–Select Major ticks and Minor ticks using the up or down arrows. Or,
click directly on the desired setting to select it. When complete, select OK.
www.nov.com
Page 294 of 332
Depth Log Specific Entries

1. Depth Scale–Select depth scale using the up or down arrows. Or, click directly on the
desired setting to select it. When complete, select OK.
2. Start Depth–Click the Start Depth button to display a keyboard. Enter the start depth and
select OK.
3. End Depth–Click on the End Depth button to display a keyboard. Enter the end depth and
select OK.
298
www.nov.com
12: Print Manager
Revision B
Page 295 of 332
Strip Charts
Click Strip Charts on the Drill Log window to open the Configuration Charts window. Then, click
a Chart/Pen button to configure the channel information displayed on the drill log.
• Load Config–Click to select a previously saved drill

log chart configuration.
• Save Config–Click to name and save current drill log
chart configuration.
• Del Config–Click to delete the current drill log chart
configuration displayed in the top right corner.
• Clear Charts–Click to delete all the channels in the
current configuration.
• Exit–Click to return to Drill Log screen.
• Channel–Click to assign or change
channel.
• Left Scale–Click to enter the minimum
value displayed on the chart for the
selected channel.
• Right Scale–Click to enter the maximum
value displayed on the chart for the
selected channel.
• Display Unit–Click to display List
Selection dialog box to choose the
desired units for the channel. Kilo Pound
will display for Hook Load, above.
• Clear–Click to delete all channel
information for the chart and pen.
• OK–Click to keep configuration and exit.
• Cancel–Click to close dialog without
making changes.
www.nov.com
Page 296 of 332
Printing a Drill Log

1. Click Tools > System Tools > Print Tasks Manager > Drill Log.
2. If a drill log report configuration was previously saved, click Load Config and select a
channel from the list. Skip to step 6.
If not, continue with the next step.
3. Select the Time/Depth toggle button to print by time or depth.
4. Click Depth/Time Scale and select a scale for the report.
5. Select the strip charts to print.
6. Select a depth or time range to include in the report.
7. Verify the correct printer is selected.
8. Click Print Now.
Scheduling a Drill Log Report
Highlight a schedule in the

list and click to edit or
delete it.
Click to delete all the
schedules in the list.
Click to close the
scheduling window.
1. Click Schedule in the Drill Log window.

2. Click Repeat Period and enter the printing frequency on the keypad. Click Enter to close
the keypad.
3. Click Print Time and enter the time and date for the print schedule to start. See "Common
Dialogs" on page 46 for details on date and time entry.
4. Click Save Schedule to add the print schedule entered to the list of schedules.
298
www.nov.com
12: Print Manager
Revision B
Page 297 of 332
Sample Drill Log Report
ROP Report
To print a rate of penetration (ROP) report click ROP Report on the Print Tasks Manager screen.
Click to enter or change

well name.
Click to enter or change

depth range.
Click to select printer.
www.nov.com
Page 298 of 332
Printing an ROP Report

1. Click Tools > System Tools > Print Tasks Manager > ROP Report.
2. Select the Report Title button to bring up a keypad to enter the name of the report.
3. Select a depth range to print using the Start Depth and End Depth fields.
4. Select the depth interval (i.e., 0.1 ft, 0.2 ft, 0.5 ft or 1 ft).
5. Verify the correct printer is selected.
6. Click Print to start the print job.
ROP Report Sample
298
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 299 of 332
13: Troubleshooting
This chapter has suggestions for troubleshooting potential malfunctions that RigSense® 3.11 may
encounter while in use on a rig, the table listing problems, possible causes, and solutions.
Problems/Possible Causes/Corrective Actions Summary

Problem Possible Cause(s) Corrective Action(s)
Server is not plugged into Plug computer into appropriate
Computer does not power up.
appropriate power. power.
Monitor is not plugged into Plug monitor into appropriate
Monitor does not power up.
appropriate power. power.
Monitor screen is black while Monitor not plugged into power Plug monitor into correct power
computer is on. or not connected to computer. and/or connect it to computer.
Cannot access a certain UI The user/role was not given
NOV-trained technicians can
tab present on another permissions to have access to
grant permission for the station.
RigSense station. certain tabs like e-Wildcat.
Cannot perform a channel The user/role was not given NOV-trained technicians can
function because button is permissions during configuration grant permission at any time for a
missing or grayed out. to modify the channel. particular station.
Sensor channel calibration ● DAQ communication problems. ● Contact NOV Support. ●
problems. ●Channel units may be incorrect. Select correct units, page 59.
Go to Setup>Well Setup>Restart
Surface drilling completed on Selected Well. See "Restart
the last well pad and want to Need to reopen the first well. Selected Well" on page 246.
drill intermediate on first well. Caution: Must first end current
well before restarting new one.
Cannot start or end wells from The user/role was not given NOV-trained technicians can
the Well Setup screen. permissions to start/end wells. grant permission for the station.
Alarm sound from speakers One of the RigSense channels is To determine the channel in
won’t stop but no EZ view on in alarm whose EZ view is not alarm, click Alarms in the footer.
screen is flashing. selected to view on the screen. See "Alarm" on page 52.
Click channel EZ view and then
The incorrect units were selected
Change Units. See "Channel
in the channel configuration.
Go to Tools>SystemTools>Print
Units are wrong for a channel The incorrect units were selected Manager>StripCharts. Click the
in either a displayed EZ view, for the channel printing. channel and Display Unit. See
Printout or Data Extract file. "Strip Charts" on page 295.
Go to Tools>SystemTools>Data
The incorrect units were selected Extract>Select Realtime
in the channel data extraction. Channels. Select channel and
click UnitGroup. See page 162.
All of the GW III channels The GW III system is unavailable Contact NOV Sales for more
display ···. What are these? and so is its data. information.
www.nov.com
Revision B 13: Troubleshooting
Page 300 of 332

All of the WPDA channels The WPDA service is Contact NOV Sales for more
display ···. What are these? unavailable and so is its data. information.
I am a WPDA customer, and
● WPDA laptop not connected. ● Connect the network cable.
all the WPDA channels
● WPDA laptop not configured. ● Contact NOV Support for help.
display ···.
If Toolface customer, then 
Why is my Toolface dial and/or
Rig Sense not receiving MWD Contact NOV Support.
survey grid blank?
data.
If not displayed, then customer e-Wildcat is an electronic
What is e-Wildcat; how does has not requested. Or, if  autodriller. Customer can request
the option display on e-Wildcat customer, RigSense it via NOV Sales and an NOV-
RigSense screen? hasn’t been configured to include trained technician can grant
it. access.
• Rig cut and slip has occurred. • Do a single 1-pt calibration.
• Changed lines strung number. • Do a full, 3-pt calibration.
Block height is wrong; what
type calibration should be
• Changed the size of drill line. • Do a full, 3-pt calibration.
performed to correct? • Performed a trip operation. • Do a single, 1-pt calibration.
• Didn’t perform initial • Do a full, 3-pt calibration.
calibration. For all see page 227
From faulty depth calibration: See page 228.
• Wrong depth measurements. • Redo 1-pt or 3-pt calibration.
• Didn’t stop at layer changes. • Redo full 3-pt calibration.
Block height calibration
problems/errors. • Moved the blocks before new • Redo calibration but include
height was accepted. waits before block movements.
From DAQ communication failure Follow the steps on page 228.
or 3rd party given block height. Contact NOV Support.
A gas channel displays, but its • Pumps not properly set up. • Set up pumps. See page 240.
lag (returns depth) is wrong. • Lag not properly configured. • Set up lag. See page 80.
• User not on ROP Gas screen. Gas should display on ROP Gas
A gas detector is feeding data screen. If not, may have selected
• EDR Drill screen not
into RigSense, but cannot wrong gas detector or may have
configured to display gas.
locate its display. configured incorrectly.
See page 57 and page 79.
A multigas detector like
To configure for separate gases,
WSGD or GW III is present ROP Gas log configured for only
see "ROP Gas" on page 79 and
but the separated gas Total Gas.
"Chart Settings" on page 82.
channels are not displaying.
• Incorrect trigger hookload. • Reset Trig Hkld, page 239.
The Hole Depth is incorrect,
but Block Height is correct. • Slips Status set to manual. • Set slips to Auto, page 47.
• Pipe tally incorrect. • Correct pipe tally, page 269.
Same as above, but after
making a connection. • Slip switch could have been in • Ensure Slip Status is correct
wrong position for operation. for operation. See top page 47.
Note: In above situation, must reset Hole Depth at kelly down so that the exact current depth is known.
302
www.nov.com
13: Troubleshooting
Revision B
Page 301 of 332

• Incorrect lines strung. • Correct lines strung, page 239.
The Hook Load is incorrect.
• Wrong hook load calibration. • Verify calibration, page 236.
Check PVT screen for disabled
One of the rig’s mud pits in use
Mud Volume is incorrect. pits and enable active pits. See
may be disabled in RigSense.
"Selector Switches" on page 108.
Check pump setup. Go to Setup
Flow In Rate and/or Flow Out Pumps may be incorrectly setup >Rig Setup>Setup Pumps to see
Rate channels are incorrect. or inadvertently disabled. active/disabled pumps. See
"Setup Pumps" on page 240.
Go to Setup>RigSense
Bit Weight values are negative RigSense was configured to Setup>WOB Options. Select
when pick up off bottom. always display bit weight. Display Bit Weight ONLY while on
bottom. See page 219.
Bit Weight remains at zero RigSense was configured to Go to Setup>RigSense Setup>
when off bottom and/or want display bit weight only while on WOB Options. Select Display Bit
to indicate drag while tripping. bottom. Weight ALWAYS. See page 219.
ROP channels zero when pick The wrong option is selected in Go to Setup>RigSense Setup
up off bottom; want them to ROP options section of and select desired option. See
hold last value, or vice versa. Setup>RigSense Setup screen. "ROP Options" on page 220.
Negative Fast-ROP means going Go to Setup>RigSense Setup
ROP - Fast is negative when
backwards by picking up string and select alternate option. See
off bottom.
or tripping out of hole. "ROP Options" on page 220.
Go to Setup>RigSense
All words/labels on RigSense The incorrect language was Setup>Select Language (in
screens in a foreign language. selected in the configuration. specific language). See "Select
Language" on page 223.
Make needed changes on server
via Program>Control Panel.
The time in the RigSense The server date, time, time zone,
Caution: Shut down RigSense
screen’s top right is wrong. and/or DLST are incorrect.
first before changing date/time/
time zone or DLST.
Set correct time zone/DLST on
The time zone is wrong, but The server’s time zone or DLST server, see previous cell.
the time is reading correctly. is incorrect. Caution: Shut down RigSense
before changing time zone/DLST.
When viewing extracted data,
Selected Compress Data. Unselect Compress Data.
values randomly scattered.
Data extract file can’t be
Extracted data files are in RRC Rename file extension to .csv.
opened in Excel. If it can, it’s
format. See section on page 171.
smashed in the first column.
Wrong name shows up in the
Go to Setup/RigSense Setup/
RigSense message list for my The specific workstation was
Change Workstation Name. See
(or someone else’s) given the incorrect name.
same subject on page 226.
workstation.
Select None or User Only on this
Too many notes are on the ALL is selected in the ALL/None/
toggle button. See "Notes" on
strip charts to see the channel User Only button on the
page 88. Also, notes may be
data. How do I hide them? EDR>Drill>Notes screen.
dragged away from data curve.
www.nov.com
Revision B 13: Troubleshooting
Page 302 of 332

Depth pulses are being sent
Quad pulses enabled. Disable quad pulses and/or set
correctly but not in the right
Depth pulses not set up. up depth pulses, see page 268.
amount per foot.
Pulses are so fast that Mud Pulse width or minimum interval
See "Pulse Setup" on page 267.
Logger equipment can’t read. need to be longer.
• The Tour Sheet has already • Tour Sheet has to be unsigned

been signed off. (Co. Man to become editable. See
Can sign off the Tour Sheet, must have valid IADC license.) "Signing Off a Tour Sheet" on
but cannot edit it. • The permissions need to be page 126.
edited to allow sign off. • Contact NOV Support for the
permissions to be edited.
• Only AppSvr or Tool Pusher

A specific company’s morning
has access to this report. For either cause listed, contact
report is not listed in the
RigSense Reports tab. • Incorrect contractor selected NOV Support.
in configuration.
The company name on Click Contractor cell in morning
The company name was input
morning report is incorrect but report and re-enter the name in
incorrectly in Well Setup dialog.
everything else looks correct. Well Setup dialog.
Cannot edit the pipe tally from NOV-trained technicians can
Permission has not been granted
a workstation; get a message grant permission for the specific
to modify data in pipe tally.
that do not have permission. station.
Do a single 1-pt calibration. Then
The wrong active joint is Block Height is wrong after a rig
set Bit Position and select correct
highlighted in pipe tally. cut & slip.
active joint in pipe tally.
Graphed data can be printed Permission has not been granted NOV-trained technicians can
from RigSense, but can’t print for access to either pipe tally grant permission for specific
from pipe tally or reports. and/or reports. stations.
WITS solutions (see page 253):
WITS problems: WITS causes: • Connect or secure null modem
• Output channels were • Null modem cable is cable and reboot if necessary.
working and now are not. disconnected. • Check port monitor, reboot
• Input channels were • The 3rd party system not both machines, contact 3rd
working and now are not. transmitting data. party support if unresolved.
• All WITS channels are not • WITS configuration or • Check WITS configuration &
working. channels not selected in set channels, port monitor, reboot,
up or since changed. contact NOV Support if
unresolved.
Printer is not connected to Connect printer cable to
computer. computer.
Plug printer into appropriate
Printer is not plugged into power.
System does not print. power.
Printer is offline. Verify printer indicates it is online.
Verify the correct printer name
Selected printer not on the
appears next to the Change
network.
Printer button.
302
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 303 of 332
A: CAODC
About the Tour Sheets

The Canadian Association of Oilwell Drilling Contractors (CAODC) tour sheet is a key component
of the relationship between Drilling Contractor and Operator. It is used by the Contractor to
generate invoices and to manage personnel and equipment; by the Operator as an analytical tool
to verify billings, review past drilling practices, and design future wells; by Oilfield Service
Companies to refine their equipment and services; and by Regulatory Agencies as a document of
legal record.
Using the Tour Sheets

The RigSense® 3.11 CAODC tour sheet allows users to view, Create, Load, Save, Export,
Delete, Print, and Send tour sheets.
The user can do all these functions by clicking Functions on the Tour Sheet screen.
Opens a new tour sheet.
Opens an existing tour sheet. The tour sheet loaded can only be viewed.
Changes cannot be made to the tour sheet unless the tour sheet is unsigned.
Saves the changes made in the tour sheet since the last save.
Exports the tour sheet to a LAS or ASCII file format. Exports are also available
to commonly used third party reporting packages.
Deletes the tour sheet.
Saves the tour sheet as a PDF so that it can be printed.
Saves the report and uploads it to WellData where it can be viewed as a

PDF.
Editing Data in the Fields

In the WYSIWYG (what you see is what you get) system, it is easy to edit or delete the data in any
field.
Edit Data in the Fields
1. Click in the field that needs to be edited.
2. Perform one of the following:
 If a drop-down menu appears, click the arrow to view it, and then select an option.
or
 Retype the data to enter, or backspace and type over the existing data, if preferred.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 304 of 332
Drop-Down Menus
Some fields have a list of options to select from called drop-down menus. To see if a field has a
drop-down menu, click the field. An arrow appearing on the right side of the field indicates a drop-
down menu is available.
Selecting From a Drop-Down Menu
1. Click in the field the be selected.
If there is a drop-down menu, an arrow appears on the right side of the field.
2. Click the down arrow to view the drop-down menu.
3. Click the desired option.
The menu option appears in the field.
List Box
Some fields have a list of options to select from called a list box. When field data is entered this
way, a window appears with options to select from.
Selecting From a List Box
1. Click in the field.
Some list boxes do not appear until an option from the Tools menu is selected.
2. Select an item from the list box.
Some list boxes allow more than one item to be selected, and some offer an option to add
items to the list.
3. Click OK to add the selected item(s) to the report.
Scroll Bar
Some sections of the tour sheet contain a large scroll bar that appears when the user clicks within
that section.
Scroll arrow
This bar lets the user know that additional fields exist for that section. Click on the scroll-arrow and
the additional fields appear.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 305 of 332
Creating a New Tour

When a tour is created, assign the number of shifts and times at the start of each day.
The first time RigSense is used, a new tour sheet must be created. The first sheet can be used as
a template for creating tour sheets for the rest of the well. It is important to fill in all critical
information in this first sheet that is to be carried over to new tour sheets. The next time RigSense
is started, the previous tour sheet can be loaded or a new tour sheet can be created from the
original template. An individual tour sheet is needed for each day.
Create a New Tour
1. Click the Tour Sheet navigation button.
The Tour Sheet window appears.
2. Click Functions.
The Functions menu appears.
3. Select Create.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 306 of 332
The Select Date window appears.
4. Select the tour sheet date.

5. Select either the 2 Tour or 3 Tour option.
Note: The 2 Tour option is divided into two 12 hour shifts, and the 3 Tour option is
divided into three 8 hour shifts.
If the 2 Tour option is selected by mistake, the 2 tour sheet must be deleted before
creating a 3 tour sheet.
The three screens of the tour sheet appear displayed zoomed out.
Main Payroll Tubular and Equipment
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 307 of 332
6. Do one of the following to zoom in on area of the tour sheet:

 Click the magnifying glass, or
 Click an area of the tour sheet to fill the screen.
A tour sheet from a previous day may be loaded for viewing. Loading a previous tour sheet is
designed for viewing purposes only.
If errors are found in the tour sheet or new data needs to be added to the loaded tour sheet, the
tour sheet must be unsigned before making changes. Sign off again when the changes are
complete.
Load a Previous Tour

1. Click the Tour Sheet navigation button.
The Tour Sheet window appears.
2. Click Functions.
The Functions menu appears.
3. Select Load.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 308 of 332
The Select Report window appears.
4. Select the date for the report to load.

5. Click OK.
The Tour Sheet window appears zoomed out.
6. Click anywhere in the tour sheet to zoom in on different sections.
Loading Data to the Tour Sheet

When a tour sheet is created, data previously entered into RigSense by another tour sheet, the
Drilling Recorder, Well Information, or Rig Information screens can be imported.
Each section of the tour sheet has tools that are specific to that section. For example, the Crew
Info section of the tour sheet has the option to Update Header Data, Add Crew, Add Employees,
or Clear Payroll. The Metres Drilled section only has the options to Update Header Data and
Import from the Drilling Recorder.
The next section "Imported Data" explains which data can be imported from where.
Imported Data
Some sections of the tour sheet are imported from other reports located within the RigSense
system. The Well Setup screen and the Electronic Drilling Report (EDR) import the largest
amount of information.
The Tour Sheet Serial No section located on the Main screen is automatically generated from
Contractor Code, Rig Number, Report Date, Sheet No., and Revision.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 309 of 332
The Year, Month and Day are automatically filled in when the report is created.
Year, Month
and Day
Tour Sheet
Serial No.
Data Imported from the Well Setup Screen

All three screens of the tour sheet contain information that is automatically imported from the Well
Setup screen:
 Licence No.
 Well Name & No.
 Operator
 Contractor
 Surface Location
 Unique Well ID
 Rig No.
Importing Data from the EDR
In the tour sheet, existing data can be imported from the electronic drilling recorder (EDR) or from
another report.
Data that can be imported from the EDR is illustrated below.
Mud Record
Drilling Assembly
Deviation Surveys
Metres Drilled
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 310 of 332
Tour Sheet Screens

The Tour Sheet consists of three screens:
 Main
 Payroll
 Tubular & Equipment
Main Screen
Bit Record Data
The bit record data corresponds to the Bit Record section of each tour.
Importing Bit Record Data

Import Bit Record Data
1. Click the Bit Record section of the Tour Sheet.
The section is zoomed in.
2. Click Tools.
The Bit Record Tools menu appears.
3. Select Select Bit From Bit Record (or Get Bit Section From Previous Toursheet if
applicable).
The data from the current bit record is displayed.
Adding a New Bit
Add a New Bit
1. Click the Bit Record section of the tour sheet.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 311 of 332
2. Enter all the applicable data by clicking and typing in the information or selecting from drop-
down menus when available.
3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
Note: The user must save the data for changes to be recorded.
Drilling Assembly Data

Import Data from the EDR to the Tour Sheet
1. Click the Drilling Assembly section of the tour sheet.
2. Click Tools.
The Drilling Assembly Tools menu appears.
3. Choose one of the following to import the drilling assembly data:

 Select Import from Pipe Tally To This Drilling Assembly.
 Select Copy To This Drilling Assembly From Last Tour.
The drilling assembly data appears.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 312 of 332
Mud Record Data

The mud record maintains mud type, mud materials added, and the solids control.
Import Mud Record Data
1. Click the Mud Record section of the tour sheet.
2. Click Tools.
The Mud Record Tools menu appears.
3. Select Import from Drilling Recorder.

The data from the mud record is displayed.
Add Mud Record Details
1. Click in the Mud Record section of the tour sheet.
The Mud Record section appears zoomed in.
2. Click Water or Oil.

3. If neither Water or Oil enter type in Other field.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 313 of 332
4. Click Time.
5. Select the desired time from the clock that appears on the screen and click OK.
6. Click in the column, row, and field to enter data for the mud information.
7. Manually enter information, or use the drop-down menus to select menu options if available.
8. Click Functions.
9. Select Save.
Note: Always save the data for changes to be recorded.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 314 of 332
Deviation Survey Data

This function records the deviation surveys taken during each shift or tour.
Import Deviation Survey Data
1. Click the Deviation Survey section of the tour sheet.
2. Click Tools.
The Deviation Survey Tools menu appears.

The data from the deviation survey is displayed. This field can also be filled in manually.
Add Deviation Survey Info
1. Click in the Deviation Survey section of the tour sheet.
The Deviation Survey section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter a value for Type, Time, Depth, Deviation, and Direction.

3. Select Type from pull-down.
4. Click Functions.
5. Select Save.
Note: The user must save the data for changes to be recorded.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 315 of 332
Time Log Data

This section allows details of operation to be entered in chronologically.
Time log data consists of the From, To and Elapsed Time for the activity, and a Code. This code
represents the 24 standard CAODC codes.
From the Code field, either manually enter a code or select one from the drop-down menu. Each
code number has an associated description.
Add Time Log Detail
1. Click in the Time Log section of the tour sheet.
The Time Log section appears zoomed in.
2. Click the From field.

3. Enter the time the activity started.
4. Click the To field.
5. Enter the time the activity ended.
The Elapsed time for the activity is automatically calculated.
6. Click the Code field.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 316 of 332
An Activity Code List window appears:
The black arrows indicate the presence of subcodes.

7. Click to select a code, or type in the number of the activity code.
When the code is entered, click Select. The description for the code appears in the
Description field.
If a customer without a description is entered, type an open bracket.
a. Enter a code title.
b. Type in a closed bracket after the code title.
Example (Wait on Order)
Note: It is only necessary to enter From and To once. The following rows are
calculated automatically.
8. Click Functions.
9. Select Save.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 317 of 332
Daily Checks
This section of the tour sheet is for Daily Checks. These checks are required or recommended rig
inspections conducted by either the Operator or Rig Manager. The checks are necessary as a
reminder to do the inspections and as a way of accurately recording inspections for regulatory and
industry compliance.
The Rig Manager and Operator have a choice to perform daily checks.
There is a list of checks an operator (OPR) can select, with no limit as to how many can be
selected:
 Daily Walk Around Inspection
 Detailed Inspection-Weekly (Using Check List)
 H2S Signs Posted if Required
 Well License & Stick Diagram Posted
 Flare Lines Staked
 BOP Drills Performed
 Visually Inspected BOPs-Flare Lines & Degasser Lines
The Rig Manager (R.M.) can select all of the above and the following:
 Rig Site Health & Safety Meeting (one/crew/month)
 CAODC Rig Safety Inspection Checklist (one/rig/month)
 Mast Inspection before Raising or Lowering
 Crown Saver Checked
 Motor Kills Checked
The Rig Manager can also select any number of checks.
Enter Daily Checks
1. Click in the Daily Checks section of the tour sheet.
The Daily Checks section appears zoomed in.
2. Click on the daily checks applicable.

3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 318 of 332
Weather and Road Conditions

Located in the Main section, the Weather section allows information regarding the weather and
roads for the rig site to be entered. Typically only one entry per day is required.
Enter Daily Checks
1. Click in the Weather section of the tour sheet.
The Weather section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter the Time, Temperature, Current Conditions, Wind Direction, Wind Strength and
Road Condition.
3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
Hole Condition
Found in the Main section, this function allows for information of the hole condition.
Enter Hole Condition Information
1. Click in the Hole Condition section of the tour sheet.
The Hole Condition section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter the values for Hole Drag Up, Hole Drag Down, Torque at Bottom, and Fill on
Bottom.
3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 319 of 332
Metres Drilled Data

This function records the type of drilling activity encountered during the shift.
Import Metres Drilled Data
1. Click the Metres Drilled section of the tour sheet.
2. Click Tools.
The Metres Drilled Tools menu appears.

The data from the Metres Drilled is displayed.
Add Metres Drilled Data
1. Click in the Metres Drilled section of the tour sheet.
The Metres Drilled section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter From and To values.
Note: The From value is the depth at which this sequence commenced and the To
value is the depth when the sequence ended.
3. Using the drop-down menu, select the D-R-C.

4. Enter the Rotary RPM.
Note: This field is the rotations per minute (RPM) of the drill bit. It typically refers to
the rotary table, but could also refer to top drive or mud motor RPM (inferred).
5. Enter weight-on-bit (WOB).
Note: This field is the weight or force of the drillstring loaded on the bit, rather than
suspended from the derrick.
6. Click Functions.
7. Select Save.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 320 of 332
Pump Information
This feature gathers complete pump information from RigSense. The data recorded in this window
is used for ETS print-outs. The reduced pump speed data is entered in this window.
Add Pump Information
1. Click in the Pump Information section of the tour sheet.
The Pump Information section appears zoomed in.
2. Click in Pump No. and select from the drop-down menu. The choices listed are from the
Equipment section.
3. Click in the Pressure, Liner Size and Strokes Per Minute (SPM) fields.
4. Type in the appropriate data.
5. Enter the Reduced Pump Speed data.
6. Click Functions.
7. Select Save.
Fuel
This feature records fuel consumed during the previous 24 hours regardless of when the shift
started. The fuel information is reported on a daily basis.
Enter Fuel Information
1. Click in the Fuel section of the tour sheet.
The Fuel section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter the rig fuel consumption in the Rig field.

3. Enter the boiler fuel consumption in the Boiler field.
4. Click Functions.
5. Select Save.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 321 of 332
Payroll Section
Tour Section
The Tour section helps with tracking injuries, hours and the appropriate rate of pay for each crew
member, and allows a crew to be added for each shift.
Note: This function should only be used to select an existing crew for the shift or to
add a temporary employee to the crew.
For details on entering employee information, see "Employee Information Report" on page 153.
If a new crew needs to be entered or a permanent employee added to an existing crew, use the
Employee Info window.
Select a Crew for the Shift
1. Click in the Tour section of the tour sheet.
The Tour section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter the hours for the shift.
Note: Once the hours are entered the first time, these hours are then carried
over each day a new tour sheet is created.
3. Click Tools.
The Tour Tools menu appears.
4. Select Add Crew.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 322 of 332
The Select from list window appears.
5. Select the crew number for the crew to add.

6. Click Add Selected Employees/Crew to add employees to the Crew section (if Update
Employee Info Report is selected, employees are added to the Employee Info Report).
The crew is displayed in the Crew section.
Sections that did not auto-populate may be completed by manually entering information into
the appropriate box, or by making a selection from the drop-down menu when applicable.
7. Click Functions.
8. Select Save.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 323 of 332
Adding a Temporary Employee

A temporary employee on a crew can be added just for a particular shift.
Add a Temporary Employee
1. Click the first empty row in the Tour section of the tour sheet.
2. Click Tools.
The Tour Tools menu appears.
3. Select Add Employees.

The Select from list window appears.
4. Select the employee to add to the crew for that shift.

5. Click Add Selected Employees/Crew.
The employee is added to the crew for that shift.
Note: This employee is not saved with the crew. The next time this crew is added
to a shift, the employee just added, will not be listed as part of the crew.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 324 of 332
Tubular & Equipment Section

Tubulars
Tubulars is used to record:
 Casing
 Drill String
 Coil
Each contains its own section within the Tubulars section.
Add Tubulars Information

1. Click in the Tubular section of the tour sheet.
The Tubular section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter all the applicable data within each section by clicking and typing in the information,
and using drop-down menus when available.
3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 325 of 332
Shale Shakers
This function records what shale shakers are used during the shift and describes the shale
shakers on the rig.
Note: This feature can be accessed and changed at any time during operations. They
are not confined to drilling operations.
Add Shale Shaker Data

1. Click in the Shale Shaker section of the tour sheet.
The Shaker Screen section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter all the applicable data within each section by clicking and typing in the information,
and using drop-down menus when available.
3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
General Equipment & Service
This section is used to record information on rental equipment or services that have been run
during the shift, if applicable.
Enter General Equipment & Information
1. Click in the General Equipment & Information section of the tour sheet.
The General Equipment & Information section appears zoomed in.
2. Enter a description of the rental or service used by manually entering the information, or
using drop-down menus when available.
3. Enter Comments if applicable.
4. Click Functions.
5. Select Save.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 326 of 332
Boilers
This section is used to record information on boilers that have been used during the shift, if
applicable.
Enter Boiler Information
1. Click in the Boilers section of the tour sheet.
The Boilers section appears zoomed in.
Enter a description of the boiler(s) used by manually typing in the information, or using drop-
down menus when available.
2. Enter Comments if applicable.
3. Click Functions.
4. Select Save.
Signing Off Tour Sheets

Note: For details on entering and editing employee and/or crew information, see "Tour
Section" on page 321 and "Tubulars" on page 324.
There are a number of rules that must be followed when signing off a tour sheet:
 All members of the crew must sign off for each tour (shift).
 If a Driller signs off a tour, he or she must unsign it to make any changes.
 The rig manager can unsign a tour signed off by a Driller.
 All tours on the Tour Sheet must be signed-off before the rig manager or operator
representative can sign off.
 If there is an empty tour (no employees on the payroll page), the Rig Manager must sign off
for the Driller.
 Sign off for employees, Drillers, Operator Representative, and Rig Manager will not be
allowed until required fields for the employee, tour or tour sheet are filled in first.
328
www.nov.com
A: CAODC
Revision B
Page 327 of 332
Sign Off for the Tour Sheet

1. Click in the Tour section, located in the Tubulars & Equipment screen of the tour sheet.
The Tour section appears zoomed in.
Note: If the crew or employee information is edited, the tour sheet must be
saved before exiting the screen. Failure to save the information may cause sign
off problems later.
2. Each crew member must click and sign in the Signature field by entering the password.
Temporary employees sign off the same as regular crew members.

3. Click in the Driller Signature section located on the Main screen, and enter the password
for the shift to sign off.
The tour sheet changes color and is locked. Data can no longer be entered unless the tour
sheet is unsigned (see "Unsigning a Tour Sheet" below).
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 to sign off the other tour shifts.
5. Click in the Rig Manager Signature section to sign off the Tour Sheet.
6. The Rig Manager must enter his or her password.
7. The Operator’s Representative must sign the tour sheet as well.
www.nov.com
Revision B A: CAODC
Page 328 of 332
Unsigning a Tour Sheet

1. Click in the field on the tour sheet that requires unsigning.
2. Enter the employees PIN number.
Note: A Rig Manager may sign or unsign a tour in place of the Driller.
Rig and Well Info

Starting a new well is one of the first things needed after starting up RigSense for the first time.
This task involves entering well, rig, and employee information. For more information entering well
and rig information see "Start a Well" on page 242. For details on entering employee information,
see "Employee Information Report" on page 153.
A new well is started using the Rig Manager’s workstation.
The information entered when starting a well, is imported into the CAODC tour sheet.
Printing the Tour Sheet

Print a Tour Sheet
1. Click Functions on the Tour Sheet screen.
2. Select Print. The Print Options window appears.
3. Select Print Individual Tour, Print Payroll or Print All.
4. Select the print size.
5. The tour sheet is printed.
328
www.nov.com
Revision B
Page 329 of 332
Index
A D Historical wells, 173, 247

Activity details, 143 Daily Accum Wear, 178 historical wells
Activity log, 156 Data Extract, 162 view TVD, 174
Alarm change units, 164, 167 Hook load
acknowledge, 51 depth setup, 166 error messages, 237
channel, 57 time setup, 163 general, 236
horn, 51 Date and Time possible inaccuracies, 236
line wear, 179 dialog, 46 triggers, 240
screen, 52 displayed, 47 Horn
Alternate EDR screen, 222 Depth calibration, 19, 228 enable/disable, 57
Alternate views Depth marks, 71 on/off, 51
edit tabs, 224 Depth Recorder, 55 silence, 51
navigation, 113 Depth/Bit, set & reset, 48
Average ROP, 180 Deviation survey, 157 I
Drill log, 292 IADC, 120
B Drill String, 20, 253 create, 123
Backfill, 286, 287 edit, 121
Bit depth, 49 E fields, 128
Bit record report, 152, 154 EDR, 75 Licenses, 251
Employee load, 125
payroll, 145
C enter information, 21
print, 127
Calculator, 46 information report, 153
Enable/Disable, 27 sign-off, 126
Calibration unsign, 127
depth, 19, 228 End well, 246
e-Totco Inventory
set hook load, 236 for pipe tally, 288
set rotary torque, 238 multishot, 208
single shot, 204 IRIS GUI, 221
set top drive torque, 238
CAODC, 303 e-Wildcat, 99
Channel Extract Data, 162 K
change units, 59 viewing, 169 Keyboard, 46
configure, 57 EZ View, 53 Keypad, 46
descriptions/uses, 33 with strip chart, 58 Kill sheet, 95
enable/disable, 59
list, 46, 52 F L
modify value, 59 Footer Lag
set alarms, 57 channel config, 60 autoconfiguration, 190
zero, 59 main, 48 sample grid, 189
Chart bounds, 58 sample notification, 185
Circulate, 77 G setup, 186
colors Gauge, 54 Languages, 223
pen and note colors, 225 display settings, 58 Last 24Hr Wear, 178
Contractor, 243 reset needles, 60 Lease, 16, 243
Copyright information, 1 Line Wear, 178
Cut and Slip, 178 alarms, 179
H Linear, 60
Header Log, 60
alternate, 48
real time, 47
www.nov.com
Revision B Index
Page 330 of 332
M Q arranging, 68
Messages Quick Start, 15 configure, 69
reading, 183 depth calibration, 19 depth/time, 69, 71
responding, 183 employee information, 21 display controls, 55
sending, 182 pump setup, 18 horizontal scale, 58
Modify well information, 246 start well, 15 lock/unlock, 60
Morning report, 152 string setup, 20 pen number, 61
Mud motor, 87 plot depth/time, 71
real time, 55
Mud report, 157 R scroll, 55
Multi-Gauge, 117 Reports tick marks, 69
activity log, 156 tools tips, 69
N bit record, 154 viewing data, 72
Navigation tabs, 73 CAODC, 303 zoom, 55
Network, 28 deviation survey, 157 Summary report, 152
note colors IADC, 120 Survey
configure, 225 morning, 152 timer, 177
Notes, 88 mud report, 157 survey data
well activity log, 156 add or edit, 198
O Reset approve, 203
Operator, 16, 243 hole depth, 50 approve by source, 202
peak, 59 import or export, 200
Rig
P activity, 47, 223
unapprove, 203
pen colors unapprove by source, 202
calibration, 227
configure, 225 number, 16, 243
Pens, change number, 62 RigSense T
Permissions, 27 navigation, 73 Tool Tips, 69
PIN, 22, 153 version, 47 Toolface
Pipe Inventory, 277 ROP, 79 dial, 211
Pipe Tally ROP Calculator, 180 setup, 212
backfill, 286 ROP Gas surveys, 213
editing, 283 export, 84 Torque options, 240
features, 273 print, 86 Tour sheet, 120
interface, 270 setup, 80 create, 123
inventory, 277 ROP options, 220 edit, 121
printing, 276 ROP Report, 297 fields, 128
starting, 279 load, 125
with inventory, 288 payroll, 145
Pipe Tally button, 53
S print, 127
Pit jumps, 252 Safety information, 24 sign-off, 126
Plot Depth/Time, 69, 71 Screen Unsign, 127
Printing alternate views, 113 Troubleshooting, 299
drill log, 292 EDR, 75 True Vertical Depth
employee report, 21 PVT, 107 configuration, 193
pipe tally, 276 trip, 112 edit canceled, 198
ROP gas log, 86 Server edit enabled, 196
ROP report, 297 application, 30 permissions, 195
Pulse setup, 267 requirements, 30 settings, 194
Pump setup, 17, 240 Setup Charts, 61 survey review, 192
PVT, 107 Setup Pumps, 17, 240 TVD display, 191
Sign off tour sheet, 126 TVD Track, 56
Silence alarm horn, 51 TVD Track
Start well, 15, 242 Display TVD Ruler, 69
Strip Charts, 55
332
www.nov.com
Index
Revision B
Page 331 of 332
U W WITS
Units (change) Well manage configuration, 259
channel, 59 end, 246 setup, 254
data extract, 164, 167 historical, 173, 247 WOB options, 219
Unsign tour sheet, 127 name, 47 Workstation name, 226
Update well, 246 number, 16, 243 WSGW setup, 265
start new, 15, 242
V update information, 246 Z
View well, 173, 247 Well activity log, 156 Zero
bit weight, 51
drill gain/loss, 51
trip gain/loss, 51
www.nov.com
Revision B Index
Page 332 of 332
332
www.nov.com

Rs User Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rs User Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Rs User Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RigSense® 3.

REFERENCE REFERENCE DESCRIPTION

© Copyright 2012 National Oilwell Varco. All Rights Reserved.

B 1-20-2012 Revised per EC#: 82218-0

Revision Change Description

Suggested Content Improvements

Chapter 1: General Information

Chapter 2: RigSense Overview/Description

Chapter 5: Pit Volume Totalizer

Chapter 7: Tour Sheet

Chapter 10: Setup

Chapter 11: Pipe Tally

Chapter 12: Print Manager

Chapter 13: Troubleshooting

Note: A computer keyboard is required to start a well.

Click OK to enter the new well information described

Click to start a new well

4. Click the Finish-Create Well button.

After entering the well information, configure the following:

Note: The above

Click to enable a mud pump. A An X on the Enabled button denotes

Note: For more information on enabling and disabling functions,

The electronic depth measurement system (EDMS) enables depth calibration.

Drill String Setup

Employee Information Report

 Click Functions to Save or Print the employee report.

Warning: The warning symbol indicates a definite risk of equipment damage or

Links and Cross-References

To avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage, carefully observe requirements outlined

General System Safety Practices

 Isolate energy sources before beginning work.

Failure to conduct routine maintenance could result in equipment damage or injury to

Proper Use of Equipment

 e-Totco® Multishot Reader Software User Manual; 42TM26-02

Typical RigSense Sales Layout

Typical RigSense Rental Layout

Application Server (AppSvr)

Data Acquisition Unit (DAQ)

Parameter Requirements and Limits

RigSense Channel Data

Quick Channel Reference

Wellsite PDA Channels: e-Wildcat Channels:

Wellsite Gas Watch Channels: Gas Watch III Channels:

EMS-IS IntelliServ Tool Channel Data:

3: Menus and Tools

Screen Terms and Functions

RigSense Station Permissions

Keypad Used to enter numeric values when a

Keyboard Used to enter alpha-numeric data when

Date/Time dialog Used to enter Month, Day, Year, Hour,

Available Channel List Used to select a channel.

Calculator Used to perform calculations. It is

Real Time header

Real Time Header

Hole depth Bit position

Click Rig Activity to select a new rig activity.

• To change Rig Activity, select an

• Click Cancel to close the dialog

Appears on PVT screens in place of Zero Bit Wt.

Set Depth/Bit Position